BY APPOINTMENT TO
HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
BY APPOINTMENT TO
HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH
THE QUEEN MOTHER
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
BY APPOINTMENT TO
HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
XJ Series Sedan 2001 & 2002
Electrical Guide
Published by Parts and Service Communications
Jaguar Cars Limited
Publication Part Number – JJM 10 38 12/10
XJ Series 2001
Introduction
Electrical Guide Format
This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information
for and about the use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the XJ Series electrical / electronic systems, as well as the location and identification of components.
The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number
(i.e. Fig. 01.1) and Title, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure.
It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the
book and with the system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents on the following pages should help
to guide the user.
Standard Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Electrical Guide:
ACP Audio Control Protocol Network
B+ Battery Voltage
CAN Controller Area Network
DI Direction Indicator
LH Left-Hand
LHD Left-Hand Drive
LWB Long Wheelbase
N/A Normally Aspirated
NAS North American Specification
RH Right-Hand
RHD Right-Hand Drive
ROW Rest of World
SC Supercharged
SCP Standard Corporate Protocol Network
VIN Vehicle Identification Number
Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)
VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:
VIN 123456 indicates “up to VIN 123456”; VIN 123456 ➞ indicates “from VIN 123456 on”.
➞
XJ Series Electrical System
The vehicle electrical system is a ground side switched system. The ignition switch switches ground circuits on / off to
complete system circuits and apply power. Circuits that require ignition switch position control are supplied with “ignition
switched grounds”. Both power grounds (high current consumers) and logic grounds (electronic switching circuits) are
used throughout the system.
Three data networks are employed in the vehicle: a high speed Controller Area Network (CAN) for the engine, drive train
and related systems, a Standard Corporate Protocol network (SCP) for the body systems, and an Audio Control Protocol
network (ACP) for certain In-Car Entertainment and Telephone functions. Any vehicle subsystem depicted on the figures
with the CAN or SCP included uses data derived from the network, or transmits data via the network to achieve control.
Messages for both networks are cataloged in the Appendix of this book. In addition to the two networks, the vehicle uses
a serial data bus (ISO) for diagnostics, security sounder operation and for the programming of certain control modules.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
1
Table of Contents
Table of Contents: Figures ........................................................................................... 3 – 4
Component Index ........................................................................................................ 5 – 11
User Instructions........................................................................................................ 12 – 13
Symbols and Codes ................................................................................................... 14 – 17
Connectors ................................................................................................................ 18 – 19
Main Power Distribution............................................................................................. 20
Ground Point Location ................................................................................................ 21
Harness Layout .......................................................................................................... 22 – 23
Control Module Location ............................................................................................ 24 – 25
Control Module Pin Identification ............................................................................... 26 – 34
Relay and Fuse Box Location ..................................................................................... 35
Electrical Guide Figures and Data .................................................. follows after page 35
(pages are numbered by Figure number)
XJ Series 2001
Appendix (CAN and SCP messages) ........................................ follows Figures and Data
2
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
FIGURES
Fig. Description Variant
01 Power Distribution
01.1 ...... Main Power Distribution ................................................................ All Vehicles
01.2 ...... Battery Power Distribution: LH and RH Heelboard Fuse Boxes ...... All Vehicles
01.3 ...... Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment
and EMS Fuse Boxes..................................................................... All Vehicles
01.4 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution ............................................. All Vehicles
01.5 ...... Engine Management Switched Power Distribution ........................ All Vehicles
02 Ground Distribution
02.1 ...... Ignition Switched Ground Distribution ............................................ All Vehicles
03 Battery; Starter; Generator
03.1 ...... Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ27 N/A ............................................ AJ27 N/A Vehicles
03.2 ...... Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ27 SC ..............................................AJ27 SC Vehicles
Table of Contents: Figures
04 Engine Management
04.1 ...... AJ27 N/A Engine Management: Part 1 ........................................... AJ27 N/A Vehicles
04.2 ...... AJ27 N/A Engine Management: Part 2 ........................................... AJ27 N/A Vehicles
04.3 ...... AJ27 SC Engine Management: Part 1 ............................................ AJ27 SC Vehicles
04.4 ...... AJ27 SC Engine Management: Part 2 ............................................ AJ27 SC Vehicles
05 Transmission
05.1 ...... AJ27 N/A Automatic Transmission ................................................. AJ27 N/A Vehicles
05.2 ...... AJ27 SC Automatic Transmission .................................................. AJ27 SC Vehicles
05.3 ...... Gearshift Interlock .......................................................................... All Vehicles
06 Chassis
06.1 ...... Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control ................................................ All Vehicles
06.2 ...... Power Assisted Steering................................................................All Vehicles
06.3 ...... Suspension Adaptive Damping ...................................................... Adaptive Damping Vehicles
07 Climate Control
07.1 ...... Climate Control: Part 1 ................................................................... All Vehicles
07.2 ...... Climate Control: Part 2 ................................................................... All Vehicles
08 Instrumentation; Audible Warnings
08.1 ...... Instrument Pack; Clock .................................................................. All Vehicles
08.2 ...... Audible Warnings ........................................................................... All Vehicles
09 Exterior Lighting
09.1 ...... Exterior Lighting: Front ................................................................... All Vehicles
09.2 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear .................................................................... All Vehicles
09.3 ...... Headlamp Leveling ........................................................................ Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
10 Interior Lighting
10.1 ...... Interior Lighting; Garage Door Opener ............................................ All Vehicles
10.2 ...... Dimmer Controlled Lighting ........................................................... All Vehicles
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
3
Table of Contents: Figures
FIGURES
Fig. Description Variant
11 Steering Column; Mirrors
11.1 ...... Steering Column Movement .......................................................... Powered Column Vehicles
11.2 ...... Mirror Movement: Memory ........................................................... Memory Vehicles
11.3 ...... Mirror Movement: Non-Memory .................................................... Non-Memory Vehicles
11.4 ...... Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors .............................. All Vehicles
12 Seat Systems
12.1 ...... Driver Seat: Memory ...................................................................... Driver Memory Seat Vehicles
12.2 ...... Driver Seat: 5-Way Powered .......................................................... Driver 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
12.3 ...... Driver Seat: Raise / Lower .............................................................. Driver Raise / Lower Seat Vehicles
12.4 ...... Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered ................................................... Passenger 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
12.5 ...... Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered / LWB ........................................ LWB Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
12.6 ...... Heaters Only Front Passenger Seat ............................................... Heaters Only Front Seat Vehicles
12.7 ...... Rear Seats: Powered ..................................................................... LWB Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
12.8 ...... Rear Seat Heaters: Powered Rear Seats ........................................ Powered Heated Rear Seat Vehicles
12.9 ...... Rear Seat Heaters ..........................................................................Heaters Only Rear Seat Vehicles
XJ Series 2001
13 Door Locking
13.1 ...... Central Door Locking: ROW ........................................................... ROW Vehicles
13.2 ...... Central Door Locking: NAS ............................................................. NAS Vehicles
14 Wash / Wipe System
14.1 ...... Wash / Wipe System ..................................................................... All Vehicles
15 Window Lifts; Sliding Roof
15.1 ...... Window Lifts, Sliding Roof .............................................................All Vehicles
16 In-Car Entertainment (ICE)
16.1 ...... Standard In-Car Entertainment ....................................................... Standard ICE Vehicles
16.2 ...... Premium In-Car Entertainment .......................................................Premium ICE Vehicles
17 Communications; Navigation
17.1 ...... Cellular Telephone: Portable ........................................................... NAS Vehicles
17.2 ...... Cellular Telephone: Fixed ............................................................... ROW Vehicles
17.3 ...... Navigation System ......................................................................... Navigation Vehicles
18 Supplementary Restraint System
18.1 ...... Airbags / Seat Belt Pre-tensioners .................................................. All Vehicles
19 Driver Assist
19.1 ...... Reverse Parking Aid System .......................................................... All Vehicles
20 Ancillaries
20.1 ...... Ancillaries: Horns; Accessory Connectors;
Cigar Lighters; Electronic Road Pricing .......................................... All Vehicles
21 Vehicle Multiplex Systems
21.1 ...... CAN and SCP Networks ................................................................ All Vehicles
21.2 ...... Serial Data Links ............................................................................ All Vehicles
4
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
Component Index
A/CCM: Air Conditioning Control Module................................. Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
ABS / Traction Control Control Module .................................... Fig. 06.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
Accelerometers ....................................................................... Fig. 06.3
Active Security Sounder .......................................................... Fig. 13.3
Adaptive Damping Control Module .......................................... Fig. 06.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
Air Assist Close Valve .............................................................. Fig. 04.1
Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch ........................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
Air Conditioning Control Module .............................................. Fig. 07.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
Air Conditioning Control Panel ................................................. Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
Airbag / SRS Single Point Sensor ............................................. Fig. 18.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
Airbags .................................................................................... Fig. 18.1
Body Processor Module .......................................................... Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 08.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
Brake Cancel Switch ................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
Ambient Temperature Sensor.................................................. Fig. 07.1
Analog Clock ............................................................................ Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
Antenna Motor ........................................................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
Aspirator Assembly ................................................................. Fig. 07.1
Audible Warning Speaker (Column Switchgear) ....................... Fig. 08.2
Auto Tilt Switch (Column Switchgear)...................................... Fig. 11.1
Battery ..................................................................................... Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
Blower Air Intake ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1
Blower Motors ........................................................................ Fig. 07.2
Brake Fluid Reservoir ............................................................... Fig. 06.1
Brake Switch ........................................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 06.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 06.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
CCV: Canister Close Valve ....................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
CD Auto-Changer..................................................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 17.3
Cellular Phone Control Module ................................................ Fig. 17.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 17.2
Center Console Switch Pack.................................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
Central Locking Switch (Center Console Switch Pack) ............. Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
Cigar Lighter – Front & Rear .................................................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
CKPS: Crankshaft Position Sensor ........................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
CMPS: Camshaft Position Sensors .......................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
5
Component Index
XJ Series 2001
Column Joystick (Column Switchgear) .................................... Fig. 11.1
Coolant Level Switch ............................................................... Fig. 08.1
Cruise Control On / Off Switch ................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
Cruise Control Switches (Steering Wheel) ............................... Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
D – 4 Switch ............................................................................ Fig. 05.1
Damper Solenoids ................................................................... Fig. 06.3
Data Link Connector ................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
Dimmer Control ....................................................................... Fig. 10.2
Dimmer Module ...................................................................... Fig. 10.2
Direction Indicator Lamps ........................................................ Fig. 09.1
Door Control Module – Driver .................................................. Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
Door Control Module – Driver Rear .......................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
Door Lock Actuators ................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Door Lock Switches – Driver ................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
Door Mirror Motors ................................................................. Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
Door Mirrors ............................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
Door Switch – Driver................................................................ Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Door Switch – Driver Rear ....................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Door Switch – Passenger ........................................................ Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Door Switch – Passenger Rear ................................................ Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Dual Linear Switch ................................................................... Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
‘E’ Post Lamps ........................................................................ Fig. 10.1
ECM and TCM Cooling Fan ..................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
ECTS: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ............................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
Door Control Module – Passenger ........................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
Door Control Module – Passenger Rear ................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
6
EGR Valve................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
Engine Compartment Security Switch ..................................... Fig. 13.3
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
Component Index
Engine Control Module ............................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
EOTS: Engine Oil Temperature Sensor .................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
Evaporator / Heater Matrix Assembly ...................................... Fig. 07.1
EVAPP: EVAP Canister Purge Valve ......................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
Fascia Switch Pack .................................................................. Fig. 10.2
Fog Lamp Switches ................................................................. Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
Fog Lamps – Front ................................................................... Fig. 09.1
FTPS: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor ............................................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
Fuel Filler Flap Lock Actuator ................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Fuel Injectors ........................................................................... Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
Fuel Level Sensor .................................................................... Fig. 08.1
Fuel Pump 1 ............................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
Fuel Pump 2 ............................................................................ Fig. 04.4
Fuse Box – Engine Compartment ............................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
Fuse Box – Engine Management ............................................. Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.5
Fuse Box – LH Heelboard ........................................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
Fuse Box – RH Heelboard ........................................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
Fuse Box – Trunk ..................................................................... Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
Garage Door Opener ............................................................... Fig. 10.1
Gear Selector Illumination Module ........................................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
Gearshift Interlock Solenoid ..................................................... Fig. 05.3
Generator ................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
Glove Box Lamp ...................................................................... Fig. 10.1
Headlamp Leveling Actuators .................................................. Fig. 09.3
Headlamp Leveling Switch (Fascia Switch Pack) ..................... Fig. 09.3
Heated Backlight ..................................................................... Fig. 07.2
Heater Pump ........................................................................... Fig. 07.2
Heater Valve ............................................................................ Fig. 07.2
High Mounted Stop Lamp ....................................................... Fig. 09.2
High Power Protection Module ................................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
HO2S: Heated Oxygen Sensors .............................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
Horn Switches (Steering Wheel) .............................................. Fig. 19.1
Horns ....................................................................................... Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
IATS 2: Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2 ................................. Fig. 04.3
Ignition Coils ............................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
Ignition Switch ......................................................................... Fig. 02.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
Ignition Switch (Key-In Switch) ................................................ Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Impact Sensors........................................................................ Fig. 18.1
Inclination Sensor .................................................................... Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Inertia Switch........................................................................... Fig. 02.1
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
7
Component Index
XJ Series 2001
Instrument Pack ...................................................................... Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 17.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
Intercooler Pump ..................................................................... Fig. 04.4
Interior Rear View Mirror ......................................................... Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
Intrusion Sensors ..................................................................... Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Key Fob Antenna ..................................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
Key Transponder Module ......................................................... Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
Navigation Control Module ...................................................... Fig. 17.3
Navigation GPS Antenna .......................................................... Fig. 17.3
Neutral Switch ......................................................................... Fig. 03.1
Not-In-Park Microswitch .......................................................... Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Number Plate Lamps ............................................................... Fig. 09.2
Oil Pressure Switch ................................................................. Fig. 08.1
Parking Aid Sensors ................................................................. Fig. 19.1
Parking Aid Sounder ................................................................ Fig. 19.1
Parking Brake Switch ............................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
Passenger Compartment Accessory Connector ...................... Fig. 19.1
Passive Security Sounder ........................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Power Amplifier ....................................................................... Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 17.3
Power Assisted Steering Control Module ................................ Fig. 06.2
Power Wash Pump .................................................................. Fig. 14.1
PPS: Pedal Position Sensors .................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
Keylock Solenoid (Column Switchgear) .................................... Fig. 05.3
Kickdown Switch ..................................................................... Fig. 05.2
KS: Knock Sensors .................................................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
Lamp Unit s – Rear .................................................................. Fig. 09.2
Lamp Units – Front .................................................................. Fig. 09.1
Lighting Stalk (Column Switchgear) ......................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
MAFS: Mass Air Flow Sensor .................................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
MAPS: Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor ............................. Fig. 04.3
Memory Switches (Driver Door Switch Pack) .......................... Fig. 11.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
Mirror Joystick (Driver Door Switch Pack) ................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
Mirror Select Switch (Driver Door Switch Pack) ....................... Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
Mode Switch (Transmission) ................................................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
Puddle Lamps .......................................................................... Fig. 10.1
Radiator Fan Control Relay Module .......................................... Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
Radiator Fans ........................................................................... Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
Radio / Cassette Head Unit ...................................................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 17.3
Radio Antenna ......................................................................... Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.1
Radio Control Switches (Steering Wheel) ................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
Radio Telephone Connector .................................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
Rain Sensing Module ............................................................... Fig. 14.1
Rain Sensor ............................................................................. Fig. 14.1
Reader / Exciter Coil ................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Rear Side Markers (NAS Only) ................................................. Fig. 09.2
Rear Window Inhibit Switch (Driver Door Switch Pack) ........... Fig. 15.1
Recline Switch – Passenger Rear ............................................ Fig. 12.5
8
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
Component Index
Refrigerant 4-Way Pressure Switch ......................................... Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
Regulator (Generator) .............................................................. Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
Relay – Accessory Connector .................................................. Fig. 20.1
Relay – Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch ............................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
Relay – Air Conditioning Isolate................................................ Fig. 07.1
Relay – Auxiliary Positive ......................................................... Fig. 01.1
Relay – Dip Beam .................................................................... Fig. 09.1
Relay – Door Locking ............................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Relay – Door Mirror Heater ...................................................... Fig. 07.2
Relay – Driver Seat Heater ....................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
Relay – EMS Control ................................................................ Fig. 01.1
Relay – Fold-Back .................................................................... Fig. 11.4
Relay – Fold-Out ...................................................................... Fig. 11.4
Relay – Front Fog ..................................................................... Fig. 09.1
Relay – Fuel Filler Flap Lock ..................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Relay – Fuel Filler Flap Unlock.................................................. Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Relay – Fuel Injection ............................................................... Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
Relay – Fuel Pump 1 ................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
Relay – Fuel Pump 2 ................................................................ Fig. 04.4
Relay – Heated Backlight (#2) .................................................. Fig. 07.2
Relay – Heater Pump (#1) ........................................................ Fig. 07.2
Relay – Horn ............................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
Relay – Ignition Coil ................................................................. Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
Relay – Intercooler Pump ......................................................... Fig. 04.4
Relay – LH Lumbar Deflate ...................................................... Fig. 12.7
Relay – Main Beam .................................................................. Fig. 09.1
Relay – O2S Heaters ............................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
Relay – Passenger Seat Heater ................................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
Relay – Seat Raise ................................................................... Fig. 12.3
Relay – Side Marker and Number Plate Lamp .......................... Fig. 09.2
Relay – Starter ......................................................................... Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
Relay – Stop Lamp ................................................................... Fig. 09.2
Relay – Throttle Motor Power .................................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
Relay – Wiper Fast / Slow ........................................................ Fig. 14.1
Relay – Wiper Run / Stop ......................................................... Fig. 14.1
Relays – Blower Motor ............................................................ Fig. 07.2
Relays – Ignition Positive ......................................................... Fig. 01.1
Relays – Windshield Heater ..................................................... Fig. 07.2
Reverse Parking Aid Control Module ....................................... Fig. 19.1
Roof Console ........................................................................... Fig. 10.2
Seat Belt Pretensioners ........................................................... Fig. 18.1
Seat Belt Switch ...................................................................... Fig. 08.2
Seat Control Module – Driver ................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
Seat Control Module – Passenger............................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
Seat Control Module – Rear ..................................................... Fig. 12.7
Seat Cushion Heater – LH Rear & RH Rear .............................. Fig. 12.8
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.9
Seat Cushion Heaters – Driver ................................................. Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
Seat Cushion Heaters – Passenger .......................................... Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
Seat Fore / Aft Motors – Rear .................................................. Fig. 12.7
Seat Fore / Aft Switches – Rear ............................................... Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
Seat Headrest Motors –Rear ................................................... Fig. 12.7
Seat Headrest Switches –Rear ................................................ Fig. 12.7
Seat Heater Switches (Center Console Switch Pack) ............... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
Seat Heater Switches – Rear (LWB Vehicles) .......................... Fig. 12.8
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.9
Seat Heater Timers – Rear ....................................................... Fig. 12.8
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.9
Relay – Powerwash ................................................................. Fig. 14.1
Relay – Seat Lower .................................................................. Fig. 12.3
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
9
Component Index
XJ Series 2001
Seat Lumbar Pump – Driver ..................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
Seat Lumbar Pump – Passenger .............................................. Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
Seat Lumbar Pumps – Rear ..................................................... Fig. 12.7
Seat Lumbar Switches – Rear .................................................. Fig. 12.7
Seat Motors – Driver................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
Seat Motors – Passenger ........................................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
Seat Squab Heaters – Driver .................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
Seat Squab Heaters – Passenger ............................................. Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
Seat Squab Heaters – Rear ...................................................... Fig. 12.8
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.9
Security Active Indicator (Gear Selector Illumination Module) .. Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Security and Locking Control Module ...................................... Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
Side Airbags ............................................................................ Fig. 18.1
Side DI Repeaters (ROW Only) ................................................ Fig. 09.1
Side Markers –Front (NAS Only) .............................................. Fig. 09.1
Sliding Roof Control Module .................................................... Fig. 15.1
Sliding Roof Motor ................................................................... Fig. 15.1
Sliding Roof Switch (Roof Console) ......................................... Fig. 15.1
Solar Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 07.1
Speakers – ‘A’ Post Tweeter ................................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
Speakers – Front Door Mid-Bass ............................................. Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
Speakers – Front Door Tweeter ............................................... Fig. 16.1
Speakers – Rear Door Mid-Bass .............................................. Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
Suppression Module ................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
Switch Pack – Driver Door ....................................................... Fig. 10.2
Switch Pack – Driver Rear Door ............................................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
Switch Pack – Driver Seat ........................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
Switch Pack – Driver Seat (Raise / Lower Only) ....................... Fig. 12.3
Switch Pack – Passenger Door ................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
Switch Pack – Passenger Rear Door ........................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
Switch Pack – Passenger Seat ................................................. Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
Telephone Antenna ................................................................. Fig. 17.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 17.2
Telephone Handsets ................................................................ Fig. 17.1
................................................................................................ Fig 17.2
Telephone Microphone ............................................................ Fig. 17.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 17.2
Throttle Motor ......................................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
TPS: Throttle Position Sensors................................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
Trailer Connector ..................................................................... Fig. 09.2
Transit Isolation Device ............................................................ Fig. 01.1
Transmission Control Module: AJ27 N/A ................................. Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
Transmission Control Module: AJ27 SC................................... Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
Transmission Rotary Switch .................................................... Fig. 05.1
Transmission: AJ27 N/A .......................................................... Fig. 05.1
Transmission: AJ27 SC ............................................................ Fig. 05.2
Trip Computer Switch Pack ..................................................... Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
Trip Cycle Switch (Column Switchgear) ................................... Fig. 08.1
Trunk Accessory Connector ..................................................... Fig. 19.1
Trunk Lamps ............................................................................ Fig. 10.1
Speakers – Rear Door Tweeter ................................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
Stability / Traction Control Switch ............................................ Fig. 06.1
Starter Motor ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
Steering Column Motors ......................................................... Fig. 11.1
Subwoofer ............................................................................... Fig. 16.2
10
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
Trunk Release Actuator ........................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Trunk Release Switches .......................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Trunk Switch ........................................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Valet Switch (Center Console Switch Pack) ............................. Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Vanity Lamps ........................................................................... Fig. 10.1
Variable Steering Converter ..................................................... Fig. 06.2
Variable Valve Timing Solenoid Valves (VVT Solenoid Valves) .. Fig. 04.1
Wash / Wipe Stalk (Column Switchgear).................................. Fig. 14.1
Wheel Speed Sensors ............................................................. Fig. 06.1
Component Index
Window Lift Motors ................................................................ Fig. 15.1
Window Lift Switches (Driver Door Switch Pack) .................... Fig. 15.1
Windshield Heaters ................................................................. Fig. 07.2
Windshield Wash Pump and Fluid Level Sensor ...................... Fig. 14.1
Wiper Motor ............................................................................ Fig. 14.1
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
11
User Instructions
XJ Series 2001
Figure and Data Page Layout
Figure Pages
Each Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system
(01 – Power Distribution, 02 – Ground Distribution, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following
a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.). Refer to the Table of Contents for a complete list of the Figures.
The Figures 01 – Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols
refer the user to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates
the need to include detailed Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. Similarly, the Figure 02 – Ground Distri-
bution details the ignition switched ground distribution. The reference symbols are defined on page 14.
Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are folding pages. The user must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided.
Data Pages
The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds.
This information is supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book.
When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix.
Where circuits include a Control Module, Pin Out information is provided with values for “active” and “inactive” states.
The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. This information is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit
operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
12
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
User Instructions
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION FIGURE NUMBER COMPONENT, RELAY, CONNECTOR AND
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS GROUND (N) B+ (P, R, D, 4, 3, 2)
D FC15-21 SERIAL COMMUNICATION – KEY TRANSPONDER ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D FC15-39 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
O FC15-73 STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (CRANKING) B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
D FC15-92 ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I EM81-12 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)
I EM82-2 ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING)
D EM82-15 OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D EM82-16 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
D FC22-9 SERIAL COMMUNICATION ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D FC22-11 SERIAL COMMUNICATION – BPM ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D FC22-16 OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
Fig. 03.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BATTERY BT66 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP TRUNK / BATTERY COVER
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
GENERATOR AN1 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 / EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
IGNITION SWITCH FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK
NEUTRAL SWITCH CC21 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY / CENTER CONSOLE
REGULATOR (GENERATOR) PI50 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO 92 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
STARTER MOTOR ST1 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK / RH SIDE
SUPPRESSION MODULE AN3 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / RED ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
STARTER RELAY BROWN EM50 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM3 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM60 2-WAY ECONOSEAL J2 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT RH TO FALSE BULKHEAD
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ST5 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
ST6 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) – BATTERY GROUND STUD
CC3R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
BT67 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
AN2 / EYELET
ST4 / EYELET
BT61 / EYELET
BT62 / EYELET
BT63 / EYELET
ST2 / EYELET
ST3 / EYELET
GROUND INFORMATION
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
DATE OF ISSUE
DATA PAGE
FIGURE MODEL RANGE AND YEAR TITLE FIGURE NUMBER
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
XJ Series 2001
B
BT67 BT66 BT60 BT63
BT65
BATTERY HIGH POWER
BK
FCS7
FC4-5
BK
FC17L
BK
CCS5
CC21-3 CC21-1
BK
CC3R
RU
05.1
EM81-12
BT61
250A x 2
R
IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
NEUTRAL
SWITCH
ENGINE
START
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
I
AND
IGNITION
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
III
II
I
BT62
250A
PROTECTION MODULE
RW
1
FC4-1
WU
02.1
FC4-3
WR
02.1
FC4-2
RU
FC7-3
GO
I
EM82-2
Y
D
D D
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM2-13
EM82-16
W
EM82-15
EM2-15
38
II
08.1
Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ27 N/A
R
R
01.1
R
01.1
N
13
RW
Y
YB
YR
RU
YR
YB
Y
FCS30
WG
YY
SUPPRESSION
MODULE
Y
W
WU
PI2-12
Y
PI1-11EM3-7
R
AN3-1
B
AN3-2
FC15-80
FC15-41
FC15-39
FC15-92
FC15-21
FC15-7
FC22-11
FC22-9
FC22-17
FC22-16
PI50-2
PI50-1
B+
O
I
ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL
D
D
D
LOGIC
I
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
D
D
SECURITY
D
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
REGULATOR
ST4
AN1
AN2
GENERATOR
Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ27 N/A Fig 03.1
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
ST6RST5
GO
FC15-73
GO
EMS28
EM2-8
STARTER MOTOR
GO
EM50
315
STARTER RELAY
WR
R
B
WR
2
GO
WR
EM60-2
R
6
NW
79
W
45
II
ST3
ST1
ST2
B
14
16
II E
KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS VARIANT, VIN RANGE AND DATE OF ISSUE
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
19
1
I
+
I
Input
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
O
Sensor Ground
Output
FIGURE PAGE
ACS
CAN
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
AJ27 N/A Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
13
Symbols and Codes
XJ Series 2001
NOTE: In the examples shown on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.
Reference Symbols
Reference symbols are used for three purposes:
• to allow the user to complete the individual system circuit to power supply or ground
• to refer the user to a related circuit
• to identify control module inputs, outputs and signal grounds
X
Battery Power Supply
This symbol represents a direct battery power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.2 or 01.3.
X
X
X
This symbol represents ignition switched power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.4 or 01.5.
The suffix I indicates auxiliary power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix E indicates engine management switched power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION)
and III (ENGINE CRANK) under ECM control.
X
Ignition Switched Ground
Ignition Switched Power Supply
E
II
I
XXIXX
II
This symbol represents an ignition switched ground and refers the user to Figure 02.1.
This symbol without a suffix indicates CRANK. Ground is completed in ignition switch key position III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix I indicates auxiliary ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III
(ENGINE CRANK).
BPMXX.X
Figure Number Reference Flag
This symbol refers the reader to a figure number only. It does not refer to a flag with the same number on a different figure.
As used in Figures 01.1 through 02.1, the reference flag refers the user to a continuation of the circuit. In this in-
stance, the user matches the number to a Power Supply or Ground symbol to trace the circuit.
In most other cases, it is not necessary to refer to another figure for completion of a circuit, as the reference flags are
used to indicate parallel circuits and circuits that share components. Most of the circuits where this situation occurs
are overlapped to avoid the necessity for cross-referencing to another figure. Exceptions to this rule are instances
where signals are transmitted to or received from other system circuits. When circuits are not overlapped, they are
noted by (CIRCUIT CONTINUED).
BPM Because the Body Processor Module appears numerous times, the abbreviation BPM is used in the reference
flags on Figures 01.2 and 02.1 in order to conserve space.
Control Module Input, Output, Data Link, Signal Ground and Network(s)
I
Input Sensor Supply V ACP SCP
O
Output Sensor Ground CAN Serial and Encoded Data
+
–
A
C
S
D
These six symbols are employed to assist the user in visualizing the ‘logic’ of circuits containing control modules.
The symbols identify control module input, output, data link, signal ground and network pins. These symbols are also
employed on the corresponding data page.
14
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
Wiring Symbols Wiring Color Codes
N Brown O Orange
SPLICE
SIMPLIFIED SPLICE
BULB
CAPACITOR
B Black S Slate
W White L Light
K Pink U Blue
G Green P Purple
R Red BRD Braid
Y Yellow
Symbols and Codes
CONNECTOR
DIODE
DIODE (IN HARNESS)
EYELET AND STUD
FUSE
LOGIC GROUND
POWER GROUND
LED
MOTOR
POTENTIOMETER
PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
RESISTOR
SOLENOID
SPLICE HEADER
SUPPRESSION DIODE
SUPPRESSION RESISTOR
THERMISTOR
TRANSISTOR
WIRE CONTINUED
ZENER DIODE
XX1-X XX1-X
XX1
XXXXX
-XX
-XX
-XX
When a wire has two color code letters, the first letter indicates the main color and the subsequent letter indicates
the tracer color.
Wiring Harness Codes
Code Description
AN Generator link harness
BB Rear seat motors and heaters harness
BC Rear seat center console harness
BL Bumper harness – LH front
BR Bumper harness – RH front
BS Rear seat link harness
BT Trunk harness
CA Cabin harness
CC Center console harness
CF Radiator cooling fan harness
DD Driver door harness
EM Engine management harness
FC Fascia harness
FL Axle harness – LH front
FP Fuel tank pressure sensor link harness
FR Axle harness – RH front
GB Transmission harness
HP Steering wheel horn switch harness
IC In-car entertainment harness
IJ Fuel injector harness – supercharged
LA Axle harness – LH rear
LF Forward harness
LL Power steering link harness
PD Passenger door harness
PI Engine harness
RA Axle harness – RH rear
RD Rear driver door harness
RP Rear passenger door harness
RT Radio telephone harness
SC Steering column switchgear harness
SD Driver seat harness
SH Windshield heater link harness
SP Passenger seat harness
SR Sliding roof motor link harness
ST Main power harness
SW Steering wheel harness
Code Numbering
When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar
Engineering uses a three-position format: CA001, CA002,
etc. Because space is limited in this Electrical Guide, the
codes have been shortened. Thus CA001-001 becomes
CA1-1, CA002-001 becomes CA2-1, etc.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
15
Symbols and Codes
XJ Series 2001
Harness Component Numbers
Connectors
HARNESS CODE + CONNECTOR NUMBER + PIN NUMBER
EXAMPLE: FC7-24 (pin number is separated by a dash)
Where the pin number differs from LHD to RHD, the connector number will be further identified by (LHD) or (RHD).
FC7-24 FC7-24 (LHD)
Harness code Pin number
Connector number
FC7-15 (RHD)
Splices
HARNESS CODE + S (SPLICE) + SPLICE NUMBER
EXAMPLE: RHS3 (no dash is used)
NOTE: In order to avoid unnecessary circuit complication, multiple splices (more than two wires) within components,
in wires leading from input components to multiple circuits and in harness ‘ground’ sides, are simplified so as not to
show wires from other circuits.
RHS3 RHS3
Harness code
Splice
Splice number
SIMPLIFIED SPLICE
Splice Headers
Three non-serviceable splice headers are used in the system harness. Splice headers are depicted as components
and identified by a connector number within the component. The splice header number appears at the upper left
hand corner; pin numbers appear adjacent to each pin.
EXAMPLE:
CA223
-5
-4
-6
Diodes
Harness diodes occur at connectors and are depicted as components and identified by a connector number.
EXAMPLE:
BT29-1 BT29-2
BT29
Relay Connectors
Relay connector numbers are shown within the relay. The connector number is shown in the upper portion of the relay; the pin (terminal) number is shown adjacent to the pin. Certain relays are paired and share a modular connector.
In this instance, the connector number remains the same for both relays while the pin numbers of the second relay
are identified by numbers 6 – 10.
EXAMPLE:
16
CA20
3
1
4
5
2
CA20
8
6
9
10
7
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
Symbols and Codes
Grounds
HARNESS CODE + GROUND EYELET NUMBER + EYELET DESIGNATION (L or R where applicable)
Eyelet designation
Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’ and can be identified by the absence of a suffix. The eyelet pair has two ‘legs’, identified by the suffix L (left) or R (right).
LR
SINGLE EYELET EYELET PAIR
EXAMPLES:
Harness code
Ground eyelet number
CC2( ) LS2R BT2L
Single leg eyelet
Harness code
Ground eyelet number
RH eyelet leg
Harness code
Ground eyelet number
LH eyelet leg
Where the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown in parentheses. If the ground
designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used.
EXAMPLES:
EM2R
(EM1R)
LHD Vehicles
RHD Vehicles
BT2L
Same for LHD & RHD Vehicles
NOTE: The XJ Series ground studs are not identified by code. Therefore, multiple eyelets with different harness
codes may be connected to a ground stud.
SCP Network
Due to circuit complexity and because space is limited, the SCP Network is, in most cases, shown as a broken grey
line indicating that there is network communication between the depicted control modules. Refer to Fig. 21.1 for circuit details.
EXAMPLE:
S
–
S
+
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
S
–
S
+
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
DD10-9
DD10-16
PD10-9
PD10-16
U
21.1
Y
21.1
U
21.1
Y
21.1
21.2
21.2
21.2
21.2
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
21.2
21.2
21.2
21.2
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
U
Y
U
Y
RD10-9
RD10-16
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
RP10-9
RP10-16
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
S
–
S
+
S
–
S
+
17
Connectors
The following connectors are the common harness-to-harness connectors used throughout the vehicle.
XJ Series 2001
Multilock 040
Low current (harness and ‘direct’ connection connector).
Econoseal III LC
Low current sealed connector.
Multilock 070
High current (harness and ‘direct’ connection connector).
Econoseal III HC
High current sealed connector.
Ford Card
Used for SRS only.
18
Through Panel
54-way connector.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
Connectors
Augat 1.6
2-way connector.
Augat 1.6
4-way connector.
Augat 1.6
3-way connector.
Augat 1.6
6-way connector.
Augat 1.6
8-way connector.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
19
Main Power Distribution
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
ST19
XJ Series 2001
ST4
GENERATOR
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX
ST21
ST20
STARTER
MOTOR
ST2
ST1
ST5
ST6
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
LH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
ST15 ST14 ST13
HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
BT61
BT62
BT63
BT60
TRUNK FUSE BOX
RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
BATTERY
+
–
BT66
BT67
BT65
BT64
20
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
Ground Point Location
LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
ENGINE GROUND SCREW
EMS LH GROUND STUD
LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD:
LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD (LHD)
PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD (RHD)
LH DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL
LF10, LF18
ABS GROUND STUD
GROUND STUD
LF29
EM8
CABIN SIDE
FC29
CA30, CA36
CA25
CC2
RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LF19, LF20
EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM16, EM17, EM18
RH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD:
CABIN SIDE (QUIET GROUND)
CC3, FC17
RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33, CA37
RADIO GROUND STUD
IC8
PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD (LHD)
DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD (RHD)
CA26
RH DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL
GROUND STUD
CA31, CA47
LH HEELBOARD GROUND SCREW
KEYFOB ANTENNA GROUND
LH FORWARD TRUNK GROUND STUD
CA38, CA110
BT34
IC6, IC20
RH HEELBOARD GROUND SCREW
(AIRBAG ONLY GROUND)
CA48
RH FORWARD TRUNK GROUND STUD
RADIO ANTENNA GROUND
RH CENTER TRUNK GROUND STUD
BT22, BT28
BATTERY GROUND STUD
BT65
RH REAR TRUNK GROUND STUD
BT20, BT21
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
21
Harness Layout
XJ Series 2001
LHD
RADIATOR COOLING FAN
HARNESS (CF)
BUMPER HARNESS –
LH FRONT (BL)
POWER STEERING
LINK HARNESS (LL)
AXLE HARNESS – LH FRONT (FL)
FORWARD HARNESS (LF)
WINDSHIELD HEATER
HARNESS (SH)
FASCIA HARNESS (FC)
STEERING COLUMN
SWITCHGEAR HARNESS (SC)
STEERING WHEEL HARNESS (SW)
DRIVER DOOR HARNESS (DD)
SIDE AIRBAG LINK – LH
DRIVER SEAT HARNESS (SD)
CA8
CA10
CA13
CA14
CA46
BL1 LF32
EM1
EM51
LL2
LF1
LF3
FC5
CA19
SW10
CA66
CA23
FRONT OF VEHICLE
EM42
FC7
FC11
SC1
SC2
SC3
SC4
SW1
SW2
RT2
EM44
BUMPER HARNESS –
RH FRONT (BR)
BR1
ENGINE HARNESS (PI)
LF2
AXLE HARNESS – RH FRONT (FR)
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
HARNESS (EM)
PI1
PI2
TRANSMISSION HARNESS (GB)
EM53EM63 EM2
EM3
FC1
CA20
CA11
CA12
CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS (CC)
RADIO TELEPHONE HARNESS (RT)
PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS (PD)
CA27
SIDE AIRBAG LINK – RH
CA72
PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS (SP)
CA16
CA45
CABIN HARNESS (CA)
DRIVER REAR
DOOR HARNESS (RD)
AXLE HARNESS – LH REAR (LA)
IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT
HARNESS (IC)
BT71
RB1
CA29
IC1
IC3
CA109
CA9
REAR SEAT HARNESS (BB)
PASSENGER REAR
DOOR HARNESS (RP)
AXLE HARNESS – RH REAR (RA)
BT4
TRUNK HARNESS (BT)
REAR BUMPER HARNESS (RB)
22
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
RADIATOR COOLING FAN
HARNESS (CF)
BUMPER HARNESS –
LH FRONT (BL)
POWER STEERING
LINK HARNESS (LL)
XJ Series 2001
BL1 LF32
EM1
EM51
LL2
RHD
FRONT OF VEHICLE
BR1
Harness Layout
BUMPER HARNESS –
RH FRONT (BR)
ENGINE HARNESS (PI)
AXLE HARNESS – LH FRONT (FL)
FORWARD HARNESS (LF)
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
HARNESS (EM)
WINDSHIELD HEATER
HARNESS (SH)
CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS (CC)
RADIO TELEPHONE HARNESS (RT)
PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS (PD)
SIDE AIRBAG LINK – LH
PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS (SP)
CABIN HARNESS (CA)
PASSENGER REAR
DOOR HARNESS (RP)
AXLE HARNESS – LH REAR (LA)
CA11
CA12
CA16
CA45
LF3
LF1
EM2
EM3
FC1
CA19
CA66
CA27
EM63
EM53
EM42
CA29
LF2
AXLE HARNESS – RH FRONT (FR)
PI1
PI2
EM44
TRANSMISSION HARNESS (GB)
FASCIA HARNESS (FC)
RT2
FC7
FC11
SC1
SC2
SC3
SC4
SW10
SW1
SW2
FC5
CA20
CA8
CA10
STEERING COLUMN
SWITCHGEAR HARNESS (SC)
STEERING WHEEL HARNESS (SW)
DRIVER DOOR HARNESS (DD)
CA23
SIDE AIRBAG LINK – RH
CA72
DRIVER SEAT HARNESS (SD)
CA13
CA14
CA46
IC1
IC3
CA9
CA109
REAR SEAT HARNESS (BB)
DRIVER REAR
DOOR HARNESS (RD)
AXLE HARNESS – RH REAR (RA)
IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
HARNESS (IC)
BT71
RB1
BT4
TRUNK HARNESS (BT)
REAR BUMPER HARNESS (RB)
23
Control Module Location
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
XJ Series 2001
LHD
AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
DIMMER MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER
INSTRUMENT PACK
CONTROL MODULE
CONTROL MODULE
CONTROL MODULE
ILLUMINATION MODULE
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
MODULE
SLIDING ROOF
DRIVER DOOR
DRIVER SEAT
GEAR SELECTOR
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
24
REAR SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATION
CONTROL MODULE
REVERSE PARKING AID
CONTROL MODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
CELLULAR PHONE
CONTROL MODULE
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
XJ Series 2001
RHD
Control Module Location
DIMMER MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER
MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
SLIDING ROOF
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
REAR SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATION
CONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT PACK
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
REVERSE PARKING AID
CONTROL MODULE
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
CELLULAR PHONE
CONTROL MODULE
25
Control Module Pin Identification
9
GW
8
GW
7
R
6
R
5
G
4
G
3
B
2
GU*
1
UY
21
B
20
U
19
W
18
W
17
O
16
YU
15
YG
14
RW
13
—
12
U
11
UY
10
WU
31
B
30
—
29
BK
28
BW*
27
U
26
—
25
RW
24
—
23
UY
22
RW
12
GU
11
G
10
Y
9
W
8
OG
7
BG
6
GR
5
N
4
R
3
WB
2
GO
1
OY
17
O
16
Y
15
W
14
UY
13
WR
19
G
18
B
17
O
16
G
15
G
14
S
13
BG
12
BR
11
YG
10
YG
9
N
8
Y
7
P
6
BG
5
OY
4
WR
3
—
2
—
1
—
28
GW
27
BW
26
BW
25
Y
24
Y
23
N
22
N
21
N
20
NR
15
UY
14
BG
13
BR
12
GU
11
GR
10
GO
9
GW
8
—
7
U
6
BW
5
BW
4
BW
3
BO
2
BG
1
B
22
B
21
BO
20
GB
19
GW
18
GO
17
GU
16
B
7
—
6
—
5
W
4
WU
3
U
2
—
1
—
16
RG*
15
YG
14
YR
13
WU
12
RU
11
—
10
N
9
B
8
B
24
BG
23
O
22
OY
21
BK
20
—
19
G
18
O
17
WR
5
U
4
YG
3
YU
2
UY
1
RU
12
—
11
—
10
YR
9
YR
8
WG
7
B
6
B
EM80 EM81 EM82 EM83 EM84
EM85
EM80 EM81 EM82 EM83 EM84
EM85
9
GW
8
GW
7
R
6
R
5
G
4
G
3
B
2
GU*
1
UY
21
B
20
U
19
W
18
W
17
O
16
YU
15
YG
14
—
13
—
12
U
11
UY
10
WU
31
B
30
—
29
BK
28
—
27
U
26
—
25
RW
24
—
23
UY
22
RW
12
GU
11
G
10
Y
9
W
8
OG
7
BG
6
GR
5
N
4
R
3
—
2
GO
1
OY
17
O
16
Y
15
W
14
UY
13
WR
19
G
18
B
17
O
16
G
15
G
14
N
13
BG
12
BR
11
YG
10
YG
9
N
8
Y
7
P
6
BG
5
OY
4
WR
3
RU
2
—
1
—
28
GW
27
BW
26
BW
25
Y
24
Y
23
N
22
N
21
N
20
NR
15
UY
14
BG
13
BR
12
GU
11
GR
10
GO
9
GW
8
—
7
U
6
BW
5
BW
4
BW
3
BO
2
BG
1
B
22
B
21
BO
20
GB
19
GW
18
GO
17
GU
16
B
7
RG†
6
OG†
5
W
4
WU
3
U
2
RW
†
1
OY†
16
RG*
15
YG
14
YR
13
WU
12
RU
11
—
10
N
9
B
8
B
24
BG
23
—
22
OY
21
BK
20
—
19
G
18
O
17
WR
5
U
4
—
3
—
2
UY
1
RU
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
WG
7
B
6
B
EM84 / 22-WAY / NATURAL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 N/A
EM83 / 28-WAY / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY / WHITE
EM82 / 17-WAY / NATURAL
XJ Series 2001
EM84 / 22-WAY / NATURAL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 SC
EM83 / 28-WAY / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY / WHITE
26
EM81 / 24-WAY / NATURAL
EM80 / 31-WAY / NATURAL
* Not used – ROW vehicles.
† Not used – 3.2L vehicles.
EM81 / 24-WAY / NATURAL
EM80 / 31-WAY / NATURAL
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
* Not used – ROW vehicles.
XJ Series 2001
EM7
1
OY
2
RU
3
—
4
O
5
OG
6
B
7
—
8
R
9
W
10
—
11
—
12
RU
13
OG
14
N
16
B
17
—
15
W
29
O
30
YB
31
—
32
YU
33
YU
34
B
35
—
36
Y
37
Y
38
—
39
—
40
—
41
—
42
G
43
—
44
O
45
RG
56
—
57
—
58
—
59
—
60
—
61
—
62
—
63
—
64
—
65
—
66
—
67
—
68
—
69
—
70
—
71
—
72
—
18
—
19
—
20
—
21
BG
22
UY
23
W
24
—
25
—
26
NR
27
—
28
BW
46
—
47
—
48
—
49
—
50
—
51
O
52
RU
53
RW
54
WB
55
WB
73
—
74
—
75
—
76
—
77
—
78
—
79
—
80
—
81
—
82
G
83
Y
84
—
85
G
86
Y
87
—
88
—
1
—
2
BW
3
U
4
—
5
—
6
—
7
—
8
—
9
—
10
—
23
—
24
—
25
GB
26
GU
27
GU
28
GR
29
WB
30
B
12
BG
13
BW
14
BK
15
BG
16
BR
17
BW
33
B
34
BW
35
BG
36
BO
37
BO
38
BR
L
G
H
Y
EM61 EM62
Control Module Pin Identification
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 N/A
EM7 / 88-WAY / BLACK
EM62 / 14-WAY / BLACK
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 SC
EM61 / 18-WAY / BLACK
27
Control Module Pin Identification
EM68
19
—
20
—
21
—
22
—
23
—
24
—
25
—
26
—
27
—
28
—
29
—
30
—
31
—
32
—
33
—
34
—
35
—
1
YR
2
—
3
Y
4
—
5
—
6
—
7
—
8
—
9
—
10
O
11
W
12
—
13
O
14
OG
15
OG
16
—
17
—
18
B
LS27
17
W
18
R
19
O
20
WU
21
U
22
U
23
—
24
B
25
NW
10
—
11
—
12
—
13
U
14
R
15
G
16
RW
1
UY
2
OG
3
Y
4
G
5
Y
6
Y
7
O
8
B
9
NR
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
XJ Series 2001
EM68 / 35-WAY / BLACK
28
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
LS27 / 25-WAY / BLACK
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
12
WR
13
B
14
B
15
GW
16
OY
17
U
18
GW
19
BW
20
BK
21
O
22
—
1
WU
2
GW
3
WR
4
WU
5
NW
6
RW
7
U
8
U
9
UY
10
W
11
—
7
Y
8
YR
9
—
10
—
11
U
12
WU
1
UY
2
Y
3
YG
4
—
5
OY
6
U
14
—
15
—
16
GR
17
RW
18
GU
19
RU
20
YR
21
Y
22
NR
23
—
24
—
25
O
26
GU
1
RG
2
U
3
UY
4
UY
5
W
6
RW
7
UY
8
RW
9
—
10
O
11
YG
12
—
13
UY
14
—
15
U
16
GU
1
OG
2
RG
3
Y
4
—
5
YB
6
YG
7
OG
8
GO
9
R
10
—
11
—
12
OY
13
UY
CC31 CC30 CC29 CC28
Control Module Pin Identification
CC28 / 26-WAY / GREY
CC29 / 16-WAY / GREY
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
CC30 / 12-WAY / GREY
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
CC31 / 22-WAY / GREY
29
Control Module Pin Identification
1
WG
2
—
3
YR
4
BK
5
—
6
—
7
YB
8
UY
9
R
10
Y
11
Y
12
—
13
Y
14
U
15
NR
16
B
17
RU
18
Y
19
O
20
—
21
—
22
—
23
G
24
G
25
BR
26
—
13
BW
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
7
O
6
U
5
OY
4
YG
3
RW
2
—
1
—
26
—
25
—
24
—
23
OG
22
Y
21
RG
20
OY
19
OY
18
—
17
—
16
Y
15
—
14
RW
FC24
FC25
INSTRUMENT PACK
XJ Series 2001
FC25 / 26-WAY / YELLOW
30
FC24 / 26-WAY / BLACK
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
FC15
79
NG
80
N
81
GR*
82
GR
83
GB
84
U
85
Y
86
OG
87
Y
88
YG
89
Y
90
BK
91
BK
53
R
54
R
55
YU
56
OY*
57
GR
58
YB
59
RW
60
RW
61
WG
62
—
63
YG
64
—
65
—
27
Y*
28
RW
29
Y
30
U
31
GB
32
WR
33
W
34
GO
35
OY
36
—
37
GR
38
O
39
Y
1
RW
2
GW
3
GO
4
GU
5
YR
6
Y
7
RU
8
—
9
GU
10
RW
11
YB
12
OG
13
GO*
92
YB
93
Y
94
GO
95
RU
96
RW
97
WU
98
—
99
UY
100
BR
101
RW
102
N
103
—
104
NW
66
RU
67
O
68
OG
69
O
70
GW
71
YR
72
YU
73
GO
74
RW
75
GR
76
GO
77
RG
78
U
40
WU
41
RW
42
UY
43
WG
44
OY
45
U
46
YB
47
YG
48
OG
49
GO
50
GW
51
RW
52
BW
14
U
15
WU
16
RW
17
OY
18
YB
19
BG
20
OG
21
YR
22
WB
23
WU
24
NW
25
B
26
YG
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
GW*
7
YU
6
GW
5
RW
4
—
3
RG
2
—
1
OG
26
YR*
25
—
24
—
23
—
22
—
21
—
20
—
19
YR
18
—
17
—
16
—
15
—
14
—
8
Y
7
RU
6
NR
5
Y
4
OG
3
OY
2
OY
1
O
16
U
15
NW
14
BK
13
BK
12
—
11
—
10
O
9
U
BT2 BT1
FC22
10
R*
9
YB
8
OG
7
O
6
O
5
U*
4
NR
3
BRD*
2
BRD*
1
—
20
R*
19
RW*
18
OY*
17
Y
16
O
15
U*
14
WU
13
WR
12
BK
11
YR
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
FC15 / 104-WAY / GREY
* Not used – NAS vehicles.
Control Module Pin Identification
BT1 / 16-WAY / BLACK
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
BT2 / 26-WAY / BLACK
* Not used – NAS vehicles.
FC22 / 20-WAY / GREEN
* Not used – NAS vehicles.
31
Control Module Pin Identification
DD11 DD10
7
BR
6
BW
5
O
4
OY
3
O
2
U
1
BK
15
BW
14
—
13
OY
12
OY
11
—
10
YR
9
YR
8
—
22
BO
21
BW
20
G
19
—
18
—
17
YR
16
—
7
OY
6
YB*
5
Y
4
OG
3
OG
2
Y
1
NR
15
OY
14
GW
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
BG
9
U
8
BK
22
O
21
OY
20
WU
19
BR
18
BO
17
B
16
Y
PD11 PD10
7
—
6
BO
5
—
4
—
3
—
2
—
1
—
15
U
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
U
22
—
21
BG
20
G
19
—
18
—
17
—
16
—
7
OY
6
YB*
5
Y
4
UY
3
U
2
Y
1
NR
15
OY
14
GW
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
U
8
BK
22
Y
21
RU
20
WU
19
—
18
—
17
B
16
Y
RD11 RD10
7
BK
6
BO
5
O
4
—
3
—
2
—
1
—
15
OG
14
—
13
WU
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
22
UY
21
BG
20
B
19
—
18
—
17
—
16
—
7
OY
6
YB*
5
Y
4
—
3
—
2
—
1
NR
15
OY
14
GW
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
U
8
BK
22
—
21
—
20
—
19
BK
18
—
17
B
16
Y
RP11 RP10
7
—
6
BO
5
—
4
—
3
—
2
—
1
—
15
U
14
—
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
U
22
—
21
BG
20
G
19
—
18
—
17
—
16
—
7
OY
6
YB*
5
Y
4
—
3
—
2
—
1
NR
15
OY
14
GW
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
U
8
BK
22
—
21
—
20
—
19
—
18
—
17
B
16
Y
XJ Series 2001
PD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK
* Not used – NAS vehicles.
RP10 / 22-WAY / BLUE
* Not used – NAS vehicles.
PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
RP11 / 22-WAY / BLACK
32
DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK
* Not used – NAS vehicles.
RD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE
* Not used – NAS vehicles.
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
RD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
14
WB
15
WB
16
—
17
—
18
W
19
W
20
—
21
—
22
—
23
—
24
—
25
—
26
—
1
WB
2
WB
3
—
4
—
5
W
6
W
7
—
8
WU
9
WU
10
WU
11
WR
12
W
13
—
9
RW
10
RW
11
WG
12
W
13
OY
14
UY
15
RW
16
RW
1
RU
2
RU
3
OG
4
UY
5
GW
6
GO
7
UY
8
UY
6
GW
7
—
8
GW
9
Y
10
U
1
BK
2
B
3
WU
4
WR
5
NR
SD1 SD2 SD3
9
RW
10
RW
11
WG
12
W
13
OY
14
UY
15
RW
16
RW
1
RU
2
RU
3
OG
4
UY
5
GW
6
GO
7
UY
8
UY
6
GW
7
—
8
GW
9
Y
10
U
1
BK
2
B
3
WU
4
WR
5
NR
SD1 SD3
9
RW
10
RW
11
WG
12
W
13
OY
14
UY
15
RW
16
RW
1
RU
2
RU
3
OG
4
UY
5
GW
6
GO
7
UY
8
UY
6
GW
7
—
8
GW
9
Y
10
U
1
—
2
B
3
WU
4
WR
5
NR
SP1 SP3
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE: MEMORY
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
SD3 / 10-WAY / BLACK
SD2 / 26-WAY / BLACK
SD1 / 16-WAY / BLACK
Control Module Pin Identification
SP3 / 10-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE: NON-MEMORY
SP1 / 16-WAY / BLACK
SD3 / 10-WAY / BLACK
SD1 / 16-WAY / BLACK
33
Control Module Pin Identification
11
—
10
RW
9
RW
8
RW
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
—
2
—
1
—
6
GO
5
GW
4
UY
3
UY
2
OY
1
OY
22
—
21
—
20
RW
19
OY
18
UY
17
Y
16
YG
15
GW
14
GW
13
—
12
—
12
GR
11
GW
10
OY
9
B
8
PW
7
PR
11
Y
10
B
9
—
8
—
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
—
2
—
1
—
6
NW
5
B
4
NR
3
B
2
—
1
—
22
B
21
—
20
—
19
—
18
—
17
—
16
—
15
—
14
—
13
—
12
B
12
NW
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
7
—
BS6 BS7 BS2 BS1
CA61
25
R
24
R
23
Y
22
Y
21
U
20
U
19
YR
18
Y
17
YU
16
Y
15
—
14
YR
13
Y
12
—
11
YU
10
Y
8
—
9
OY
7
YR
6
BK
5
W
4
BW
3
RW
2
BW
1
RW
50
—
49
—
48
—
47
—
46
—
45
—
44
—
43
—
42
—
41
—
40
Y
39
—
38
—
37
—
36
—
35
—
34
—
33
—
32
—
31
—
30
—
29
—
28
—
27
—
26
—
BS1 / 22-WAY / BLUE
REAR SEAT CONTROL MODULE
BS2 / 12-WAY / BLUE
BS7 / 22-WAY / WHITE
BS6 / 12-WAY / WHITE
XJ Series 2001
AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR
CA61 / 50-WAY / YELLOW
34
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FRONT RELAYS
Wiper RUN / STOP relay
Wiper FAST / SLOW relay
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
RELAYS AND FUSE BOX
Ignition positive relay
Horn relay
Dip beam relay
Powerwash relay
Main beam relay
Front fog lamp relay
Heater pump relay
Engine compartment fuse box
CONTROL MODULE
ENCLOSURE RELAYS (RHD)
Intercooler pump relay (AJ27 SC only)
Relay and Fuse Box Location
ENGINE MANAGEMENT RELAYS
Engine management fuse box
EMS control relay
CONTROL MODULE
ENCLOSURE RELAYS (LHD)
Intercooler pump relay (AJ27 SC only)
A/C compressor clutch relay
Throttle motor power relay
Starter relay
Ignition coil relay
O2S heater relay
Fuel injection relay
FRONT SEAT RELAYS
Seat lower relay (LHD)
Seat raise relay (LHD)
Seat heater relay
LH HEELBOARD RELAYS
AND FUSE BOX
Ignition positive relay
Mirror fold-out relay
Door locking relay
A/C isolate relay
Mirror fold-back relay
LH heelboard fuse box
Fuel injection relay
O2S heater relay
Ignition coil relay
Throttle motor power relay
Starter relay
A/C compressor clutch relay
FRONT BULKHEAD RELAYS
LH windshield heater relay
RH windshield heater relay
FRONT SEAT RELAYS
Seat heater relay
Seat raise relay (RHD)
Seat lower relay (RHD)
RH HEELBOARD RELAYS
AND FUSE BOX
RH heelboard fuse box
RH rear seat heater timer
LH lumbar deflate relay
LH blower motor relay
Door mirror heater relay
RH blower motor relay
LH rear seat heater timer
NOTE: All relays are brown, with the exception of the microrelays, which are black.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
TRUNK RELAYS
AND FUSE BOX
Heated backlight relay
Side marker / number plate lamp relay
Fuel filler flap lock relay
Fuel filler flap unlock relay
Trunk fuse box
Auxiliary positive relay
Accessory connector relay
Stop lamp relay
Fuel pump relay 1
Fuel pump relay 2
35
Fig. 01.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BATTERY BT66 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP TRUNK / BATTERY COVER
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT
FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT EM19 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
FUSE BOX – LH HEELBOARD CA1 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL LH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
FUSE BOX – RH HEELBOARD CA41 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 / EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE BT37 / 1-WAY LUCAR STRAIGHT / METALLIC ADJACENT TO BATTERY / BATTERY COVER
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
AUXILIARY POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX / HEELBOARD COVER
(RH HEELBOARD FUSE BOX)
EMS CONTROL RELAY BROWN BUS ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
(ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX)
IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
(ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX)
IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS LH HEELBOARD FUSE BOX / HEELBOARD COVER
(LH HEELBOARD FUSE BOX)
BT67 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
LF6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
LF7 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
LF8 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
ST19 / EYELET
EM20 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST20 / EYELET
ST21 / EYELET
CA2 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST15 / EYELET
CA42 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST13 / EYELET
ST14 / EYELET
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET
BT61 / EYELET
BT62 / EYELET
BT63 / EYELET
BT66 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBL Y
ST5 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
ST6 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) – BATTERY GROUND STUD
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
500A
B
BT67 BT66
R
BT60
250A
BT61
BT62
BT63
R
R
R
Main Power Distribution
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
ST6
ST5
Main Power Distribution Fig. 01.1
R
03.1
6
03.2
STARTER
BATTERY HIGH POWER
BT65
BATTERY + POST
WU
BT4-17
WU
BT37
TRANSIT
ISOLATION DEVICE
WU
FC1-44
2
II
12
I
FC15-97
WU
FC15-15
WR
FC15-32
BODY PROCESSOR
PROTECTION MODULE
O
I
I
LOGIC
POWER
MODULE
B+ (BT66)
17
I
WR
BT12-9
1
5
AUXILIARY POSITIVE
RELAY
1
1 3
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
R
BT64 ST13RST14
2
3
04.2
04.4
07.2
09.3 09.4
04.2
04.4
09.3 09.4
20.1
R
2
9
II
W
CA2-6
1
5
IGNITION POSITIVE
2
II
RELAY
U
R
R R
ST15
2
3
U
EM20-6
1
5
EMS CONTROL RELAY
3
4
E
R
ST20 ST21
2
3
R
04.1
8
II
W
LF7-9
2
5
IGNITION POSITIVE
4
II
RELAY
5
04.3
1
2
3
4
5
6
07.2
09.1
09.1
14.1
09.1
13.3
ECM CONTROL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ST19
1
3
09.2
09.2
09.2
13.4 20.1
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS
50 63
EE
RELAYS
BATTERY POWER BUS
TRUNK FUSE BOX
19
1
I
I
O
Input
Output
BATTERY POWER BUS
IGNITION POWER BUS
RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
+
–
IGNITION POWER BUS
LH HEELBOARD
Sensor Supply V ACP
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
BATTERY POWER BUS
FUSE BOX
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
IGNITION POWER BUS
All Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
RELAYS
BATTERY POWER BUS
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
Fig. 01.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
FUSE BOX – LH HEELBOARD CA1 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL LH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
FUSE BOX – RH HEELBOARD CA41 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
SPLICE HEADER – CA222 CA222 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / GREY RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
SPLICE HEADER – CA223 CA223 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / BLACK RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
SPLICE HEADER – CA224 CA224 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / GREEN LH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
CA10 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA14 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA16 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA20 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW RH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA23 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
CA27 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
IC1 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE LH HEELBOARD
CA2 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST15 / EYELET
CA42 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST13 / EYELET
ST14 / EYELET
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
Battery Power Distribution: LH and RH Heelboard Fuse Boxes
3 2
Battery Power Distribution: LH and RH Heelboard Fuse Boxes Fig. 01.2
#1 20A
#2 5A
BATTERY POWER BUS
#3 5A
#4 5A
#5 15A
#6 5A
#7 15A
#8 5A
#9 10A
#11 20A
#13 25A
#15 25A
#17 10A
#18 5A
NR
CA2
-1
CA222
NW
CA2
-5
NW
CA2
-3
NG
CA2
-8
N
CA1
-9
NR
CA1
-10
NW
CA1
-4
NR
CA1
-7
NG
CA1
-2
NW
CA2
-2
NR NR
CA2
-4
NR
CA1
-3
NG
CA1
-1
NR
CA1
-6
-9
CAS19
CA223
-4
-10
-20
-5
-6
CAS1
NW
NW
NR
NR
NR
NR
NG
CA27-1 (LHD)
CA23-1 (RHD)
CA10-7
CA14-2
FC5-19
CA19-13
FC5-B
CA19-11
FC5-28
FC5-C
FC5-9
CA23-2
IC1-13
BT4-A
FC5-12
NR
NG
NW
DDS2
FCS6
ICS2
NR
NW
NW
NW
NW
NG
N
NR
NRNR
NR
NW
NR
NR
NG
NG
NW
NR
NG
NG
NR
12.1 12.2 12.3
7
10.1
8
11.1
9
15.1
10
10.2
11
21.1 21.2
12
BPM
13
09.1
14
08.1
15
13.3
16
BPM
17
11.1
18
12.1
19
16.1
20
16.1 16.2
21
07.2
22
10.1
23
10.1
24
20.1
25
20.1
26
08.1
27
12.4
12.5
13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1
11.2
12.1
15.1
20.1
09.2
13.4
12.2 12.3
16.2
11.1 11.2
12.1
13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1
11.2 11.3 11.411.1 12.1
13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1
#1 20A
#2 15A
#3 15A
BATTERY POWER BUS
#4 10A
#5 5A
#6 10A
#7 20A
#8 5A
#9 20A
#11 20A
#13 25A
#15 25A
#17 15A
#18 25A
NR
CA42
-1
NW
CA42
-5
NG
CA42
-3
N
CA42
-8
NG
CA41
-9
NW
CA41
-10
N
CA41
-4
NG
CA41
-7
NR
CA41
-2
NG
CA42
-2
NR NR
CA42
-4
NR
CA41
-3
NR
CA41
-1
NW
CA41
-6
CAS62
CA224
-10
-9
-20
CA109-2
CAS60
NR
CA23-1 (LHD)
CA27-1 (RHD)
NW
NG
FC1-B
N
N
CAS5
N
N
N
NG
CA27-2
NW
NW
CA20-8
NW
N
FC1-D
NG
NG
NG
CA12-2
NG
CA16-2
NR
NR
BSS3
NR
NG
NR
NR
NW NW
CA23-9
NW
NW
CA27-9
12.1
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
12.2 12.3
13.1
13.2
BPM
07.2
11.4
11.4
11.4
11.4
12.4
12.5
07.1
07.1
BPM
15.1
15.1
12.8 12.9
12.8 12.9
07.2
10.1 11.1 11.2
10.1 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4
15.1
12.1
12.2 12.3
12.4
12.5 12.6
12.4 12.5
12.1 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4
12.1 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1
15.1
LH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
NOTE: Body Processor Module
BPM
appears in numerous figures.
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
All Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
Fig. 01.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT
FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT EM19 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BS4 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE SEAT SWITCHES
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
CA109 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
EM42 4-WAY YAZAKI / GREY BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
IC2 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE REARWARD OF FUEL TANK / BATTERY COVER
LF32 4-WAY YAZAKI / GREY FORWARD OF LH FRONT SUSPENSION ARM
RT2 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
LF6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
LF7 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
LF8 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
ST19 / EYELET
EM20 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST20 / EYELET
ST21 / EYELET
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes
Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes
Battery Power Distribution:
Fig. 01.3
1
RELAYS
Fig. 01.1
#1 10A
#2 5A
BATTERY POWER BUS
#9 10A
#10 10A
#12 30A
#14 5A
#16 20A
#18 20A
#20 20A
#22 5A
TRUNK FUSE BOX
NR
BT13
-7
NG
BT13
-1
NG
BT11
-3
NW
BT13
-2
NR
BT12
-3
NR
BT13
-4
NR
BT12
-4
NR NR
BT10
-1
BT10
-3
BT10
-2
BT4-E
NW
BT4-B
NR
BT4-14
NW
NR
CAS57
NR
RT2-8
NW
NW
IC2-1
IC2-10
CA109-6
CA109-5
CA109-7
(NAS)
(ROW)
NW
BSS1
NW
NP
NR
BS4-19
NW
BCS3
RTS2
ICS6
NR
NG
NG
NW
NR
NR
NR
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NP
NP
NR
NR
5 4
RELAYS
Fig. 01.1
09.2
50
13.1
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
13.2
16.1
16.2
13.1
13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1
16.2
17.2
09.2
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
17.1
17.1
17.2
17.2
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
#9 10A
#10
BATTERY POWER BUS
#12 30A
#14 30A
#16 30A
#18 30A
#20
#22 30A
FUSE BOX
LF6
-3
LF8
-2
LF7
-3
LF8
-4
LF7
-4
LF5
-1
LF5
-3
LF5
-2
NG
LF32-2
NW
NG
NG
NW
NR
NG
13.3
71
04.2 04.4
72
04.2 04.4 07.2
73
06.1
74
06.1
75
14.1
76
07.2
#1 20A
#2 15A
BATTERY POWER BUS
#3 25A
#4 10A
#5 10A
#6 5A
#7
#8 10A
#9 30A
#11 30A
#13
#15 30A
#17 30A
#18 10A
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX
EM20
-1
EM20
-5
EM20
-3
EM20
-8
EM19
-9
EM19
-10
EM19
-4
EM19
-7
EM19
-2
EM20
-2
EM20
-4
EM19
-3
EM19
-1
EM19
-6
NG
EM42-2
NR
EM42-3
NW
NW
NW
NR
NW
NR
NG
NG
NG
NG
NR
NW
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
06.3
04.6
03.1 03.2
04.1 04.3
04.2 04.4
05.1
04.2 04.4
04.1 04.3
04.1 04.3
07.2
07.2
04.2 04.4
07.2
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
All Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
Fig. 01.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT
FUSE BOX – LH HEELBOARD CA1 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL LH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
FUSE BOX – RH HEELBOARD CA41 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA20 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW RH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA109 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
EM1 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM42 4-WAY YAZAKI / GREY BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
EM51 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
IC1 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE LH HEELBOARD
IC2 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE REARWARD OF FUEL TANK / BATTERY COVER
LF3 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
RT2 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
LF6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
LF7 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
LF8 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
ST19 / EYELET
CA2 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST15 / EYELET
CA42 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST13 / EYELET
ST14 / EYELET
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
Ignition Switched Power Distribution
Ignition Switched Power Distribution Fig. 01.4
2
II
#10 5A
IGNITION POWER BUS
#12 10A
#14 10A
#16 10A
LH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
#10 5A
#12 5A
#14
RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
WW
CA2
-7
WU
CA20-3
WU
WU
CA2
-10
WU
CAS9
WU
WU
WU
WG
WGWG
WG
WG
WG
CA1
-8
CA1
-5
WG
WG
CAS47
CAS8
WG
CA19-6
FC1-31
WG
BT4-2
WG WG
CA20-15
CCS16
WG
WG
WG
CA41
-5
CA42
-7
CA42
-10
CA41
-8
W
WU
CAS83
CA20-10
CA109-1
WU
(1)
(2)
WU
WU
BSS6
BSS7
W
WU
WU
WU
WU
WU
5
II
6
II
7
II
8
II
9
II
10
II
11
II
12
II
13
II
14
II
15
II
16
II
17
II
18
II
19
II
20
II
21
II
22
II
18.1
07.1
07.2
07.2
07.2
06.2
04.2 04.4
08.1
05.1 05.2
05.1 05.2
05.2
06.1
12.1
21.1 21.2
11.4
12.8
12.8
12.9
12.9
12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 12.6
NOTATION:
1 POWERED REAR SEATS VEHICLES
2 HEATERS ONLY REAR SEATS VEHICLES
1
I
#3 5A
IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS
#4 5A
#5 25A
33
II
04.4
1
07.2
2
04.2 04.4
4
RELAYS
TRUNK FUSE BOX
4
II
#1 10A
IGNITION POWER BUS
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
#2 5A
#3 10A
#4 5A
#5 10A
49
II
1
2
RELAYS
FUSE BOX
07.2
09.1
W
BT13
-8
BTS28
W
WG
NOTE: ICS11 – Fixed Telephone
and/or Navigation vehicles only.
WG
BT13
-9
WU
BT11
-2
WG
BT10
-9
WB
LF8
-7
WG WG WG WG
LF8
-1
WR
LF8
-8
LFS5
BT4-5
BT4-F
EM1-2
WG
CAS10
EMS10 SHS1
WR WR WR
LF3-12
WU
LF8
-9
W
LF6
-2
LF5
-9
WR
EM51-1
BT4-7 IC1-9
WG
IC1-12
ICS11
WG
WG
RT2-10
WW
WU
EM51-2
EM42-1
FC5-46
W
CAS12
FCS22
EMS6
WB
WG
WG
WG
WG
WR
WR
WR
WR
WR
WU
W
W
W
W
ICS12
34
II
35
II
36
II
37
II
38
II
39
II
40
II
41
II
42
II
43
II
44
II
45
II
46
II
47
II
48
II
W
WG
WG
WG
WG
WG
LG
WU
WU
05.1
05.2
14.1
07.2
07.2
03.1 03.2
09.3
09.3
13.3
09.2
09.3
06.1
03.1 03.2
04.1 04.3
04.2 04.4
06.3
23
19.1
I
24
16.1
I
25
I
26
I
27
I
28
I
29
I
30
I
31
I
32
I
16.2
10.1
17.3
17.2
17.2
10.1
17.1
20.1
20.1
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
All Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
Fig. 01.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT EM19 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CV2 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE UNDER REAR SEAT
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM51 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
EM20 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST20 / EYELET
ST21 / EYELET
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
Engine Management Switched Power Distribution
3
E
Engine Management Switched Power Distribution Fig. 01.5
#10 10A EM20
#12 10A EM20
ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS
#14 10A EM19
#16 5A EM19
-7
-10
-8
-5
WR
PI1-47
WR WR
EMS7
WU
PIS8
WU
WR
WU
WU
WU
PI1-28
NOTE: PIS6 – N/A vehicles only.
WU
WU
PIS6
EM2-3
FC1-46
WU
WU
WUWU
CV2-1
WU
WU
WU
EMS30
WU
WU
WP
EM51-7
WU
WU
W
W
50
E
51
E
52
E
53
E
54
E
55
E
56
E
57
E
58
E
59
E
60
E
61
E
62
E
63
E
04.3
04.3
04.1 04.3
04.1 04.3
04.1 04.3
04.1
04.1 04.3
04.1 04.3
04.2 04.4
04.1 04.3
04.2 04.4
04.2 04.4
04.1 04.3
04.1 04.3
07.2
07.2
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX
50 63
EE
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
All Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
Fig. 02.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
IGNITION SWITCH FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
INERTIA SWITCH CA6 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK RH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA20 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW RH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM53 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE RH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC11 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
LF3 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
Ignition Switched Ground Distribution
Ignition Switched Ground Distribution Fig. 02.1
FC17L
BK
FCS7
BK
IGNITION SWITCH
FC4-5
IGNITION SWITCH
(OFF)
III
II
I
IGNITION SWITCH
III
FC4-1
II
FC4-3
I
FC4-2
(I)
RW
WU
WR
III
II
I
IGNITION SWITCH
BPM
1
III
II
I
(II)
FCS21
IGNITION SWITCH
WU
FC1-14
WU
CAS82
WU
WU
III
II
I
(III)
CA6-1
INERTIA SWITCH
CA6-2
CA6-3
GU
W
WU
CA20-12 EM53-20
W
CAS22
W
FC11-11
LF3-2
FC1-9
CA20-11
WU
WU
WU
WU
GUGU
W
W
LFS18
W
W
W
WU
2
BPM
II
3
21.1 21.2
II
4
13.3
II
5
14.1
II
6
04.1 04.3
II
7
04.2 04.4 07.2
II
8
01.1
II
9
01.1
II
10
BPM
II
11
04.1 04.3
II
13.4
05.3 06.1
06.3 09.2
FCS20
FC11-14
WR
12
BPM
I
WR
13
10.2
I
WR
14
13.3
I
WR
15
WRWR
CCS17
WR
WR
CA19-19
CAS17
WRWRWR
BT4-1
WR
BTS20
WR
WR
I
16
I
17
I
18
I
19
I
13.4
07.1
21.1
21.2
01.1
20.1
15.1
NOTE: Body Processor Module
BPM
appears in numerous figures.
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
All Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS GROUND (N) B+ (P, R, D, 4, 3, 2)
D FC15-21 SERIAL COMMUNICATION – KEY TRANSPONDER ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D FC15-39 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
O FC15-73 STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (CRANKING) B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
D FC15-92 ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I EM81-12 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)
I EM82-2 ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING)
D EM82-15 OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D EM82-16 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
D FC22-9 SERIAL COMMUNICATION ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D FC22-11 SERIAL COMMUNICATION – BPM ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D FC22-16 OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
Fig. 03.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BATTERY BT66 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP TRUNK / BATTERY COVER
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
GENERATOR AN1 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 / EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
IGNITION SWITCH FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK
NEUTRAL SWITCH CC21 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY / CENTER CONSOLE
REGULATOR (GENERATOR) PI50 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO 92 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
STARTER MOTOR ST1 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK / RH SIDE
SUPPRESSION MODULE AN3 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / RED ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
STARTER RELAY BROWN EM50 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM3 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM60 2-WAY ECONOSEAL J2 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT RH TO FALSE BULKHEAD
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ST5 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
ST6 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
BT67 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
AN2 / EYELET
ST4 / EYELET
BT61 / EYELET
BT62 / EYELET
BT63 / EYELET
ST2 / EYELET
ST3 / EYELET
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) – BATTERY GROUND STUD
CC3R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V V oltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
BT65
XJ Series 2001
B
BT67 BT66 BT60 BT63
BATTERY HIGH POWER
Battery , Starter, Generator: AJ27 N/A
FALSE BULKHEAD
250A x 2
R
250A
BT61
BT62
R
R
01.1
01.1
R
STUD CONNECTOR
ST6
Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ27 N/A Fig 03.1
R
ST5
PROTECTION MODULE
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
05.1
FC17L
CC3R
BK
BK
RU
FCS7
CCS5
EM81-12
BK
FC4-5
IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
BK
CC21-3 CC21-1
NEUTRAL
SWITCH
ENGINE
START
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
I
AND
IGNITION
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START
13
III
FC4-1
II
FC4-3
I
FC4-2
RW
WU
WR
1
02.1
02.1
N
FC15-80
RW
FC15-41
Y
FC15-39
YB
FC15-92
YR
FC15-21
RU
FC7-3
I
GO
EM82-2
RU
FC15-7
YR
FC22-11
YB
FC22-9
Y
FC22-17
W
FC22-16
EM82-16
EM82-15
Y
EM2-13
W
EM2-15
D
D D
Y
FCS30
B+
O
I
ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL
D
D
D
LOGIC
I
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
D
D
SECURITY
D
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START
FC15-73
GO
EM2-8
GO
EMS28
GO
EM50
79
45
II
NW
W
3
1
5
WR
2
GO
STARTER RELAY
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
ENGINE CONTROL
749
MODULE
INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
50 88
38
08.1
549
II II
II
WG
YY
PI2-12
PI1-11EM3-7
R
AN3-1
B
AN3-2
SUPPRESSION
MODULE
50 63
EE
19
1
I
WU
Y
I
O
PI50-2
PI50-1
Input
Output
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
REGULATOR
ST4
AN1
AN2
GENERATOR
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
ST1
ST2
ST3
WR
R
B
EM60-2
6
WR
R
STARTER MOTOR
B
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
AJ27 N/A Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS GROUND (N) B+ (P, R, D, 4, 3, 2)
D FC15-21 SERIAL COMMUNICATION – KEY TRANSPONDER ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D FC15-39 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
O FC15-73 STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (CRANKING) B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
D FC15-92 ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I EM81-12 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)
I EM82-2 ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING)
D EM82-15 OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D EM82-16 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
D FC22-9 SERIAL COMMUNICATION ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D FC22-11 SERIAL COMMUNICATION – BPM ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D FC22-16 OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
Pin Description Active Inactive
I CC8-2 TCM / DUAL LINEAR SWITCH COMMON GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
O CC8-4 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS GROUND (N) B+ (P, R, D, 4, 3, 2)
O CC8-11 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R, D, 4, 3, 2)
Fig. 03.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BATTERY BT66 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP TRUNK / BATTERY COVER
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH CC8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY RIGHT HAND SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR / CENTER CONSOLE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
GENERATOR AN1 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 / EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
IGNITION SWITCH FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK
REGULATOR (GENERATOR) PI50 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO 92 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
STARTER MOTOR ST1 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK / RH SIDE
SUPPRESSION MODULE AN3 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / RED ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
STARTER RELAY BROWN EM50 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM3 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM60 2-WAY ECONOSEAL J2 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT RH TO FALSE BULKHEAD
EM63 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ST5 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
ST6 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
BT67 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
AN2 / EYELET
ST4 / EYELET
BT61 / EYELET
BT62 / EYELET
BT63 / EYELET
ST2 / EYELET
ST3 / EYELET
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) – BATTERY GROUND STUD
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM8R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V V oltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
BT65
XJ Series 2001
B
BT67 BT66 BT60 BT63
BATTERY HIGH POWER
R
PROTECTION MODULE
250A x 2
250A
BT61
BT62
Battery , Starter, Generator: AJ27 SC
FALSE BULKHEAD
R
R
01.1
R
01.1
STUD CONNECTOR
ST6
ST5
Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ27 SC Fig. 03.2
R
FC17L
EM8R
BK
FCS7
BK
FC4-5
IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
13
III
FC4-1
II
FC4-3
I
FC4-2
RW
WU
WR
1
02.1
02.1
N
FC15-80
RW
FC15-41
Y
FC15-39
YB
FC15-92
YR
FC15-21
B+
I
D
D
D
ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL
O
FC15-73
GO
EM2-8
GO
EMS28
GO
EM50
79
45
II
NW
W
3
1
5
WR
2
GO
STARTER RELAY
O
P, N
O
P, N
I
BB
EMS17EMS4
EM63-12
BB
CC8-2
RU
CC8-4
FC7-3
RU
CC8-11 EM63-11
RU
FC15-7
BODY PROCESSOR
I
MODULE
LOGIC
POWER
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
GO
ENGINE
START
I
EM82-2
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND
IGNITION
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
I
EM81-12
D
EM82-16
D D
EM82-15
RU
Y
EM2-13
Y
FCS30
W
EM2-15
FC22-11
YB
FC22-9
Y
FC22-17
W
FC22-16
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
YR
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
38
II
08.1
WG
YY
PI2-12
PI1-11EM3-7
WU
Y
PI50-2
PI50-1
REGULATOR
R
AN3-1
B
AN3-2
SUPPRESSION
MODULE
D
D
SECURITY
D
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START
ST4
AN1
AN2
GENERATOR
ST1
ST2
ST3
WR
R
B
EM60-2
6
WR
R
STARTER MOTOR
B
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
AJ27 SC Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
O EM80-01 EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND (VALVE OPEN) B+
O EM80-02 CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM80-03 GROUND (POWER) GROUND GROUND
O EM80-04 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O EM80-05 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O EM80-06 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O EM80-07 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I EM80-08 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I EM80-09 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I EM80-15 EOT SIGNAL 2.5 V @ 34 °C; 0.5 V @ 90 °C; (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
D EM80-17 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
D EM80-18 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
D EM80-19 ECM PROGRAMMING
I EM80-21 GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 1) GROUND GROUND
D EM80-27 ECM PROGRAMMING
I EM80-29 GROUND (LOGIC 2) GROUND GROUND
I EM80-31 GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 2) GROUND GROUND
O EM81-01 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID + ‘A’ BANK B+ (12% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) (INCREASING WITH ADVANCE) GROUND
O EM81-02 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID – ‘A’ BANK GROUND GROUND
O EM81-03 EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM81-06 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID + ‘B’ BANK B+ (12% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) (INCREASING WITH ADVANCE) GROUND
O EM81-07 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID – ‘B’ BANK GROUND GROUND
I EM81-08 GROUND (POWER) GROUND GROUND
I EM81-09 PEDAL POSITION SIGNAL (PPS/1) 0.6 V = FOOT OFF; 3.8 V = PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
I EM81-10 TPS SIGNAL (TPS/1) 0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT
I EM81-12 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)
I EM81-16 FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL 4.9 V = LOW PRESSURE, 0.2 V = HIGH PRESSURE
I EM81-17 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1 B+ 0 V
I EM81-18 PEDAL POSITION SIGNAL (PPS/2) 0.8 V = FOOT OFF; 2.4 V = PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
I EM81-19 TPS SIGNAL (TPS/2) 0.6 V = IDLE; 4.85 V = WOT
I EM81-21 GROUND (LOGIC 1) GROUND GROUND
I EM81-22 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH GROUND (APPLIED) B+
SG EM81-24 PEDAL POSITION / THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS SHIELD GROUND GROUND
SS EM82-01 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 1 5 V 5 V
I EM82-02 ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING)
I EM82-04 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA) 3.5 V
I EM82-05 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA) 3.5 V
O EM82-06 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
SG EM82-07 SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 1 GROUND GROUND
I EM82-08 BRAKE SWITCH GROUND B+
I EM82-09 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
SS EM82-10 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – CONSTANT 3.8 V
SS EM82-11 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – CONSTANT 3.8 V
I EM82-12 INERTIA SWITCH ACTIVATED (VEHICLE IMPACT) GROUND B+
I EM82-13 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2 B+ 0 V
I EM82-14 ECT SIGNAL 0.41 V @ 90 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
D EM82-15 OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D EM82-16 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I EM82-17 IATS SIGNAL 0.98 V @ 10 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
O EM83-03 AIR ASSIST CLOSE VALVE ACTIVATE 8 V @ IDLE (78% DUTY CYCLE)
SS EM83-05 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 2 5 V 5 V
SG EM83-06 SENSOR SHIELD GROUND GROUND
SG EM83-07 CKPS SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM83-08 CKPS SIGNAL 5 V @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
SG EM83-09 CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
SG EM83-12 HO2S SHIELD GROUND GROUND
SG EM83-13 SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 2 GROUND GROUND
I EM83-14 KNOCK SENSOR, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL 0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK
C EM83-15 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C EM83-16 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
SG EM83-17 CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM83-18 CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL 0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
I EM83-19 CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL 0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
I EM83-20 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I EM83-21 HO2S, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM 0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
I EM83-22 HO2S, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM 0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
I EM83-23 KNOCK SENSOR, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL 0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK
C EM83-24 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C EM83-25 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
SG EM83-26 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
SG EM83-27 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM83-28 MAFS SIGNAL 1.2 V @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE
I EM84-01 GROUND (DOWNSTREAM HO2S HEATERS) GROUND GROUND
O EM84-07 HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE) B+
O EM84-15 HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE) B+
I EM84-16 GROUND (INJECTORS 1A, 2B, 3B, 4A) GROUND GROUND
I EM84-22 GROUND (INJECTORS 1B, 2A, 3A, 4B) GROUND GROUND
O EM85-01 HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE) B+
O EM85-02 HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE) B+
O EM85-05 “COOL BOX” COOLING FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM85-06 GROUND (HO2S A UPSTREAM HEATER) GROUND GROUND
I EM85-07 GROUND (HO2S B UPSTREAM HEATER) GROUND GROUND
I EM85-08 HO2S HEATERS OBD MONITOR HEATERS ACTIVE = B+ V
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
Fig. 04.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
AIR ASSIST CLOSE VALVE PI29 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO SS / GREY THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
BRAKE SWITCH CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
CCV: CANISTER CLOSE VALVE CV1 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 90 / BLACK UNDER VEHICLE / RH REAR
CKPS: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PI17 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK ENGINE / REAR OF BED PLATE
CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – ‘A’ BANK PI16 / 2-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘A’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – ‘B’ BANK PI15 / 2-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN EM66 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ECTS: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR PI4 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL E J2 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
EOTS: ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR PI38 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL EC J2 / GREY ENGINE BLOCK / BELOW GENERATOR
EVAPP: EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE EM39 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL J2+ / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD
FTPS: FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR FP1 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK TOP OF FUEL TANK / TRUNK CARPET
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM) – ‘A’ BANK EM22 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM) – ‘B’ BANK EM24 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (UPSTREAM) – ‘A’ BANK EM21 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (UPSTREAM) – ‘B’ BANK EM23 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
KS: KNOCK SENSOR – ‘A’ BANK PI26 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
KS: KNOCK SENSOR – ‘B’ BANK PI27 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
MAFS: MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR PI35 / 5-WAY YAZAKI 92 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CC11 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
PPS: PEDAL POSITION SENSORS PI42 / 5-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
THROTTLE MOTOR PI33 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO HM250 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
TPS: THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS PI6 / 4-WAY ECONOSEAL J2T / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
VVT SOLENOID VALVE – ‘A’ BANK PI31 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘A’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD / FRONT
VVT SOLENOID VALVE – ‘B’ BANK PI32 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD / FRONT
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM49 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
O2S HEATERS RELAY BROWN EM75 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
BT5 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TOP OF FUEL TANK / TRUNK CARPET
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CV2 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE UNDER REAR SEAT
EM1 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM3 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM53 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LF3 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EM8L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
EM16L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM16R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V V oltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
AJ27 N/A Engine Management: Part 1
AJ27 N/A Engine Management: Part 1 Fig. 04.1
ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN
WU
63
E
EM66-2 EM66-1
WR
52
E
WR
53
E
W
BRAKE SWITCH
WU
11
II
CC40-4
OG
CC40-1
OG
OG
CAS81
CA19-16
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
APPLIED ONLY WHEN THE
INERTIA SWITCH IS ACTIVATED
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
NG
84
WU
59
E
THROTTLE MOTOR
LF3-1
CC11-1
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ENGINE CRANK
O.K. TO START
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ECM PROGRAMMING
ECM PROGRAMMING
EM49
3
1
POWER RELAY
46
II
NR
80
NOTE: EMS21: Adaptive Damping
vehicles only.
LFS1
EM1-1
OY
EM53-11
6
II
01.1
03.1
03.1
03.1
05.1
CAN
21.1
CAN
21.1
CAN
21.1
CAN
21.1
21.2
21.2
21.2
21.2
5
GW
2
EMS20
BK
BK
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
EMS36
EM8L
EMS38 EMS37
EM16R EM16L
BBBK
OGOGOG
GU
U
GO
W
Y
RU
G
G
Y
Y
O
W
W
U
GW
GW
GR
EMS21
OY
EM85-05
EM81-17
EM82-13
EM82-09
EM83-20
OG
EM82-08
EM81-22
EM82-12
EM81-03
EM82-02
EM82-15
EM82-16
EM81-12
EM83-15
EM83-16
EM83-24
EM83-25
EM80-17
EM80-18
EM80-19
EM80-27
EM80-08
EM80-09
EM82-06
EM80-29
EM81-21
EM80-03
EM80-21
EM80-31
EM85-07
EM81-08
EM84-01
EM84-16
EM84-22
EM85-06
O
B+
B+
B+
B+
EM80-01
O
EM80-02
O
EM80-04
O
EM80-05
O
EM80-06
O
I
I
I
O
I
D
D
I
C
C
C
C
D
D
D
D
B+
B+
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ENGINE CONTROL
(CONTINUED Fig. 04.2)
O
I
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
–
I
–
I
+
O
+
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
I
MODULE
EM80-07
EM80-15
EM81-01
EM81-02
EM81-06
EM81-07
EM81-09
EM81-10
EM81-16
EM81-18
EM81-19
EM81-24
EM82-01
EM82-04
EM82-05
EM82-07
EM82-10
EM82-11
EM82-14
EM82-17
EM83-03
EM83-05
EM83-06
EM83-07
EM83-08
EM83-09
EM83-12
EM83-13
EM83-14
EM83-17
EM83-18
EM83-19
EM83-21
EM83-22
EM83-23
EM83-26
EM83-27
EM83-28
EM84-07
EM84-15
EM85-01
EM85-02
EM85-08
UY
GU
G
G
R
R
YG
OY
RW
OG
RG
B*
N*
RG
O*
G
BG
OY
R
N*
BG
Y
G*
UY
O
RU
OY
BG
P
Y
N
BR
BG
N*
O
B
G
N*
N
N
BW
BW
GW
U
UY
RU
UY
WG
EVAPP
EM39
-1-2
PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2
UYOYWU
57
E
EMS18
EMS19
NOTES:
* Early production vehicles have wire color codes that are different
from that shown. Use connector pin numbers for wire identification.
** CCV, FTPS and associated wiring – NAS vehicles only.
*** VVT and associated wiring not fitted to 3.2L vehicles.
Shielding shown as dashed lines are braided wires.
BRD
VVT
SOLENOID VALVES*** CKPS CMPS CMPS KS KS ECTS EOTS MAFS
AB
υ
PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 EM23-3 -4
W
O
W
W
N*
W
N*
O
Y*
Y*
W
W
N
N
UY
W
-5 PI1
W
UY
N
PI38 -1 -2
BG
YG
YG
υ
BG
-9 PI2
PI35 -2 -3 -1PI17 -2 -1 PI4 -2 -1 -4-5
BW
GW
PIS10
BW
BW
PI1
-54 -56
BW
BW
-52 -57-31
GW
54
WU
E
PI2
A
-8
PI1
B
RW
OG
RG
PI2
PI1
-10
-16
-27
Y
Y
AB
PI16 -1 -2
P
W
W
G
W
-1 PI2 -3 -2
G
P
W
PI15 -2 -1
B
N
-25 PI1 -26 -24-22 PI1 -23 -21 -17 PI1 -18 -19 PI1
B
N
W
W
EMS9
G
EMS1
OY
BG
EMS2
BG
BG
PI1-6
BG
PIS1
RG
OY
EM3 -9 -12 -8
RG
OY
FC1 -34 -30 -35
BG
BG
BG
R
BG
RG
GU
OO
CV2-3FC1-45EM2-18
56
E
WU
O
OY
BT4 -35 -48 -34
BG
RG
OY
BT5-3-2 -1
BG
RG
OY
-3 -2CV1 -2 -1
FP1
PI2-11
BK
-1
EMS36
BK
EM8L
CCV** FTPS**
BG
BG
υ
O
O
PI29
-3
UPSTREAM HO2S DOWNSTREAM HO2S
BA
UU
-3 -4
-2-1
R
RU
WG
PI2-7 PI2-6
R
PI33
PI33
-1
THROTTLE
MOTOR
N*
G*
PI1 -50 -49 -51
G
PI42-4 PI42-2 PI42-1 PI42
-2
Y
55
PI2-13
RU
BK
PI29-1PI29
-2
AIR ASSIST
CLOSE VALVE
E
WU
A
λ
EM22 EM24-4 -3 -2-1 -4 -3 -2-1
-2-1
UY
WG
N*
U
Y*
EMS8
WW
EMS46
EMS3
W
W
W
B*OYO*
PPS/1 PPS/2
Y*W
WG
B
EMS37
B
EM16L
BG
-3
B
λ
WG
EM75
5
2
O2S HEATERS
RELAY
PI1 -3
-14
OY
PIS9
N*
OY
PI6
PI6-3PI6-2PI6
-4
TPS/1 TPS/2
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
N
UY
WG
W
3
NG
85
1
WU
62
E
W
W
-1
-4
W
G
BG
-1
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
AJ27 N/A Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I CC28-1 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS B+ (ON) 0 V
O CC30-1 AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL B+ 0 V
I CC31-7 LOAD INHIBIT 0 V B+
O CC31-9 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REQUEST B+ 0 V
I CC31-17 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH 0 V (2 – 30 BAR) B+ (OUT OF ACTIVE RANGE)
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I EM80-10 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE GROUND @ 20 BAR (290 PSI)
I EM80-11 A/CCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REQUEST B+ GROUND
O EM80-12 ELECTRICAL LOAD INHIBIT GROUND B+
O EM80-16 CRUISE CONTROL ON STATUS LED GROUND B+
D EM80-17 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
D EM80-18 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
D EM80-19 ECM PROGRAMMING
I EM80-20 CRUISE CONTROL BRAKE CANCEL REQUEST GROUND B+
I EM80-22 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE GROUND @ 12 BAR (174 PSI)
I EM80-23 A/CCM ELECTRICAL LOAD REQUEST (HEATED WINDSHIELD) B+ GROUND
O EM80-25 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM81-04 PARALLEL (HIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM81-05 SERIES (LOW) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM81-13 CRUISE CONTROL ON REQUEST B+ GROUND
I EM81-14 CRUISE CONTROL SET +/- 7.3 V = (+), 8.8 V = (–)B+
I EM81-15 CRUISE CONTROL CANCEL / RESUME 7.3 V = RESUME, 8.8 V = CANCEL B+
I EM83-04 FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM83-10 IGNITION MODULES 1A, 2B, 3B, 4A OBD MONITOR 23 Hz @ IDLE (5 V)
I EM83-11 IGNITION MODULES 1B, 2A, 3A, 4B OBD MONITOR 23 Hz @ IDLE (5 V)
O EM84-02 INJECTOR 1A ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM84-03 INJECTOR 3B ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM84-04 INJECTOR 2B ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM84-05 INJECTOR 4A ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM84-06 INJECTOR 1B ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM84-09 IGNITION MODULE 4A SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-10 IGNITION MODULE 3A SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-11 IGNITION MODULE 2A SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-12 IGNITION MODULE 1A SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
I EM84-13 INJECTOR 4B ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM84-14 INJECTOR 3A ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM84-17 IGNITION MODULE 4B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-18 IGNITION MODULE 3B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-19 IGNITION MODULE 2B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-20 IGNITION MODULE 1B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-21 INJECTOR 2A ACTIVATE GROUND B+
Fig. 04.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH PI36 / 1-WAY SUMITOMO 90 A TYPE / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / A/C COMPRESSOR
A/CCM: AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE CC28 / 26-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH CC20 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / NATURAL CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW3 / 3-WAY EPC / BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
FUEL INJECTOR – 1A PI7 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 1B PI11 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 2A PI8 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 2B PI12 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 3A PI9 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 3B PI13 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 4A PI10 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 4B PI14 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL PUMP BT17 / 6-WAY SUMITOMO DL090 / NATURAL EVAPORATIVE FLANGE / TOP OF FUEL TANK
FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
IGNITION COIL – 1A PI51 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 1B PI55 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 2A PI52 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 2B PI56 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 3A PI53 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 3B PI57 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 4A PI54 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 4B PI58 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE LF31 / 8-WAY TRW / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO LH CRUSH TUBE
RADIATOR FAN – LH CF1 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW LH FAN
RADIATOR FAN – RH CF2 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW RH FAN
REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH LF26 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO LH SIDE OF RADIATOR
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN EM52 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUEL INJECTION RELAY BLACK EM25 / BLACK CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUEL PUMP RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #4, TRUNK FUSE BOX / TRUNK
IGNITION COIL RELAY BROWN EM26 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
CC29 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC30 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC31 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V V oltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
EM1 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM3 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM51 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM53 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LF32 4-WAY YAZAKI / GREY FORWARD OF LH FRONT SUSPENSION ARM
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
SC3 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SW1 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
SW2 6-WAY JST / BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT20 EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / RH REAR GROUND STUD
EM8R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
EM16R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM17 EYELET (SINGLE) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC17R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LF10L EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LF10R EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LF20L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
TRUNK FUSE BOX
3
1
1
33
II
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4)
I
I
O
O
I
I
I
O
O
O
I
I
I
O
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
EM80-10
EM80-11
EM80-12
EM80-16
EM80-20
EM80-22
EM80-23
EM80-25
EM81-04
EM81-05
EM81-13
EM81-14
EM81-15
EM83-04
EM83-10
EM83-11
EM84-02
EM84-03
EM84-04
EM84-05
EM84-06
EM84-09
EM84-10
EM84-11
EM84-12
EM84-13
EM84-14
EM84-17
EM84-18
EM84-19
EM84-20
EM84-21
5
#7 20A
2
BT11-1
BT11-10
NG
WR
WU
UY
U
YU
U
RW
UY
RW
WU
W
WU
YR
YG
WR
YG
YG
BG
BO
BW
BW
BW
GW
GO
GR
GU
BR
BG
GU
GO
GW
GB
BO
NG
FUEL
PUMP
BT17-6
BT17-5
B
B
BTS21
FUEL TANK
NOTE: ECM power supplies, grounds and
references shown on Fig. 04.1.
XJ Series 2001
BT4
-19
WR
FC1
-42
WR
EM3
-5
NW
81
W
47
II
BT20
RG
U
WU
RW
EM25
3
1
FUEL INJECTION
5
2
RELAY
EM53-10
EM53-9
EM53-8
EM53-3
EM53-12
EM51-6
EM51-5
EM51-10
BR
RG
UY
U
UY
U
CC28-01
CC31-09
CC31-07
CC30-01
CC31-17
U
LF26-5
WU
LF26-1
RW
LF26-3
4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH
I
O
I
O
I
A/CCM
P
REFRIGERANT
LF26-2
LF26-4
AJ27 N/A Engine Management: Part 2
BK
W
LFS17
7
BK
II
LF20L
NG
72
LH RADIATOR FAN
B
B
LF32-3
LF10L
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and Fig. 07.2 for
complete A/C circuits.
RH RADIATOR FAN
YU
EM53-14
EM53-17
U
CC40-2 CC40-3
BRAKE CANCEL
PI1-2
YG
PIS11
YG
PI1-29
CF1-1CF1-2
CF2-2CF2-1
SWITCH
YG
YG
YG
OY
W
OG
WU
LF32-1
EM1-11
LF32-4
EM1-12
WU
YR
YG
OY
W
OG
WU
LF10R
WU
B
LF31-2
LF31-9
LF31-5
LF31-7
LF31-1
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
CCS21
EM53-16
EM3-11
EM3-10
WU
YR
YG
FC17R
BK
LF31-8
LF31-3
FCS28
WU
NG
SC3-4
SC3-3
BO
SC3-12
AJ27 N/A Engine Management: Part 2 Fig. 04.2
EM52
EMS26
RG
RW
61
E
RG RG
PI36-1PI1-13
73
5
2
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
B
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
3
1
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH
RG
CC20
DECEL
SET / ACCEL
CANCEL
RESUME
-10
CC20
-8
YU
WU
YR
YG
BO
SW1
SW1
SW1
-4
-3
-6
CC20
-7
CC20
-9
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
SW2-4
SW2-3
SW2-6
YR
YG
BO
270 Ω 510 Ω
ON / OFF
680 Ω
430 Ω
SW3-3
680 Ω
430 Ω
SW3-1
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains
two logic ground circuits that must
remain separate. Do not connect or
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
SW3-4
SW3-2
NG
WU
10.2
WG
BO
BO
SWS1
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
83
58
E
11
II
YG
YG
PIS12
YG
YG
YG
PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39 PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43
BR
PIS2
PI2-5
B
EMS11
B
EM17
PI1-30 PI1-32 PI1-33 PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37 PI1-38
BR
BG
BR
BO
BR
BG
BR
BW
BR
BW
BR
BW
BR
PI7-2
-1
PI8-2
-1
PI9-2
-1
PI10-2
-1
PI11-2
-1
PI12-2
-1
PI13-2
-1
1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B 4B
BO
PI14-2
BR
GW
YG
RW
B
B
GU
YG
BR
-1
RW
GR
YG
RW
B
3B2B1A
GO
YG
4A
RW
B
PI55 -3
GU
YG
1B
RW
B
PI52 -3
GW
YG
2A
RW
B
PI53 -3
GO
YG
3A
RW
B
PI58 -3
GW
YG
4B
RW
PIS5
PI1-53
EM26
5
RW
2
B
EMS38
B
EM16R
B
RW
-2-2-2-2 -4-4-4-4 -1-1-1-1PI54 -3PI57 -3PI56 -3PI51 -3 -2-2-2-2 -4-4-4-4 -1-1-1-1
IGNITION COIL
B
B
B
RELAY
PIS13
PI1-55
EMS4
EM8R
3
NW
88
1
WU
60
E
FUEL INJECTORS IGNITION COILS
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
AJ27 N/A Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
O EM80-01 EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND (VALVE OPEN) B+
O EM80-02 CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM80-03 GROUND (POWER) GROUND GROUND
O EM80-04 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O EM80-05 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O EM80-06 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O EM80-07 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I EM80-08 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I EM80-09 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I EM80-15 EOT SIGNAL 2.5 V @ 34 °C; 0.5 V @ 90 °C; (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
D EM80-17 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
D EM80-18 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
D EM80-19 ECM PROGRAMMING
I EM80-21 GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 1) GROUND GROUND
D EM80-27 ECM PROGRAMMING
I EM80-28 MAPS SIGNAL 1.2 V = IDLE; 3.6 V = ENGINE SWITCHED OFF
I EM80-29 GROUND (LOGIC 2) GROUND GROUND
I EM80-31 GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 2) GROUND GROUND
O EM81-03 EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM81-08 GROUND (POWER) GROUND GROUND
I EM81-09 PEDAL POSITION SIGNAL (PPS/1) 0.6 V = FOOT OFF; 3.8 V = PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
I EM81-10 TPS SIGNAL (TPS/1) 0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT
I EM81-12 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)
I EM81-16 FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL 4.9 V = LOW PRESSURE, 0.2 V = HIGH PRESSURE
I EM81-17 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1 B+ 0 V
I EM81-18 PEDAL POSITION SIGNAL (PPS/2) 0.8 V = FOOT OFF; 2.4 V = PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
I EM81-19 TPS SIGNAL (TPS/2) 0.6 V = IDLE; 4.85 V = WOT
I EM81-21 GROUND (LOGIC 1) GROUND GROUND
I EM81-22 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH GROUND (APPLIED) B+
I EM81-23 IATS 2 SIGNAL 2.38 V @ 20 °C, (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
SG EM81-24 PEDAL POSITION / THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS SHIELD GROUND GROUND
SS EM82-01 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 1 5 V 5 V
I EM82-02 ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING)
I EM82-04 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA) 3.5 V
I EM82-05 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA) 3.5 V
O EM82-06 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
SG EM82-07 SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 1 GROUND GROUND
I EM82-08 BRAKE SWITCH GROUND B+
I EM82-09 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
SS EM82-10 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – CONSTANT 3.8 V
SS EM82-11 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – CONSTANT 3.8 V
I EM82-12 INERTIA SWITCH ACTIVATED (VEHICLE IMPACT) GROUND B+
I EM82-13 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2 B+ 0 V
I EM82-14 ECT SIGNAL 0.41 V @ 90 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
D EM82-15 OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D EM82-16 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I EM82-17 IATS SIGNAL 0.98 V @ 10 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
SS EM83-05 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 2 5 V 5 V
SG EM83-06 SENSOR SHIELD GROUND GROUND
SG EM83-07 CKPS SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM83-08 CKPS SIGNAL 5 V @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
SG EM83-09 CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
SG EM83-12 HO2S SHIELD GROUND GROUND
SG EM83-13 SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 2 GROUND GROUND
I EM83-14 KNOCK SENSOR, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL 0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK
C EM83-15 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C EM83-16 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
SG EM83-17 CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM83-18 CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL 0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
I EM83-19 CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL 0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
I EM83-20 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I EM83-21 HO2S, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM 0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
I EM83-22 HO2S, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM 0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
I EM83-23 KNOCK SENSOR, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL 0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK
C EM83-24 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C EM83-25 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
SG EM83-26 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
SG EM83-27 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM83-28 MAFS SIGNAL 1.2 V @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE
I EM84-01 GROUND (DOWNSTREAM HO2S HEATERS) GROUND GROUND
O EM84-07 HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE) B+
O EM84-15 HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE) B+
I EM84-16 GROUND (INJECTORS 1A, 2B, 3B, 4A) GROUND GROUND
I EM84-22 GROUND (INJECTORS 1B, 2A, 3A, 4B) GROUND GROUND
O EM85-01 HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE) B+
O EM85-02 HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE) B+
O EM85-03 EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S1’ WINDING SUPPLY GROUND B+
O EM85-04 EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S2’ WINDING SUPPLY GROUND B+
O EM85-05 “COOL BOX” COOLING FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM85-06 GROUND (HO2S A UPSTREAM HEATER) GROUND GROUND
I EM85-07 GROUND (HO2S B UPSTREAM HEATER) GROUND GROUND
I EM85-08 HO2S HEATERS OBD MONITOR HEATERS ACTIVE = B+ V
O EM85-09 EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S3’ WINDING SUPPLY GROUND B+
O EM85-10 EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S4’ WINDING SUPPLY GROUND B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages.
Fig. 04.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BRAKE SWITCH CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
CCV: CANISTER CLOSE VALVE CV1 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 90 / BLACK UNDER VEHICLE / RH REAR
CKPS: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PI17 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK ENGINE / REAR OF BED PLATE
CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – ‘A’ BANK PI16 / 2-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘A’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – ‘B’ BANK PI15 / 2-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN EM66 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EGR VALVE PI34 / 6-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REAR OF THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ECTS: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR PI4 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL E J2 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
EOTS: ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR PI38 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL EC J2 / GREY ENGINE BLOCK / BELOW GENERATOR
EVAPP: EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE EM39 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL J2+ / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD
FTPS: FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR FP1 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK TOP OF FUEL TANK / TRUNK CARPET
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM) – ‘A’ BANK EM22 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM) – ‘B’ BANK EM24 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (UPSTREAM) – ‘A’ BANK EM21 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (UPSTREAM) – ‘B’ BANK EM23 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
IATS 2: INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 PI3 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘A’ BANK INTERCOOLER / REAR
KS: KNOCK SENSOR – ‘A’ BANK PI26 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
KS: KNOCK SENSOR – ‘B’ BANK PI27 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
MAFS: MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR PI35 / 5-WAY YAZAKI 92 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
MAPS: MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR EM10 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CC11 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
PPS: PEDAL POSITION SENSORS PI42 / 5-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
THROTTLE MOTOR PI33 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO HM250 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
TPS: THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS PI6 / 4-WAY ECONOSEAL J2T / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM49 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
O2S HEATERS RELAY BROWN EM75 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
BT5 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TOP OF FUEL TANK / TRUNK CARPET
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CV2 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE UNDER REAR SEAT
EM1 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM3 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM53 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LF3 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EM8L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
EM16L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM16R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V V oltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
AJ27 SC Engine Management: Part 1
AJ27 SC Engine Management: Part 1 Fig. 04.3
ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN
WU
63
E
EM66-2 EM66-1
WR
52
E
WR
53
E
W
46
II
WU
11
II
CC40-4
OG
CC40-1
BRAKE SWITCH
OG
OG
CAS81
CA19-16
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
APPLIED ONLY WHEN THE
INERTIA SWITCH IS ACTIVATED
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ENGINE CRANK
O.K. TO START
ACKNOWLEDGE
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
ECM PROGRAMMING
ECM PROGRAMMING
EM49
NG
84
WU
59
E
3
1
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY
NOTE: EMS21: Adaptive Damping
vehicles only.
LFS1
LF3-1
OY
CC11-1
SECURITY
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
5
2
80
01.1
03.2
03.2
03.2
05.2
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.2
21.2
21.2
21.2
GW
NR
EM1-1
EM53-11
6
II
EMS20
BK
BK
EMS36
EM8L
EMS38 EMS37
EM16R EM16L
BBBK
EM85-05
EM81-17
EM82-13
EM82-09
EM83-20
OG
OGOGOG
EMS21
EM82-08
OY
EM81-22
GU
EM82-12
U
EM81-03
GO
EM82-02
W
EM82-15
Y
EM82-16
RU
EM81-12
G
EM83-15
G
EM83-16
Y
EM83-24
Y
EM83-25
O
EM80-17
W
EM80-18
W
EM80-19
U
EM80-27
GW
EM80-08
GW
EM80-09
GR
EM82-06
EM80-29
EM81-21
B
EM80-03
B
EM80-21
B
EM80-31
B
EM85-07
B
EM81-08
B
EM84-01
B
EM84-16
B
EM84-22
B
EM85-06
O
B+
B+
B+
B+
EM80-01
O
EM80-02
O
EM80-04
O
I
I
I
O
I
D
D
I
C
C
C
C
D
D
D
D
B+
B+
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ENGINE CONTROL
(CONTINUED Fig. 04.4)
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
–
I
–
I
+
+
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
O
O
MODULE
EM80-05
EM80-06
EM80-07
EM80-15
EM80-28
EM81-09
EM81-10
EM81-16
EM81-18
EM81-19
EM81-23
EM81-24
EM82-01
EM82-04
EM82-05
EM82-07
EM82-10
EM82-11
EM82-14
EM82-17
EM83-05
EM83-06
EM83-07
EM83-08
EM83-09
EM83-12
EM83-13
EM83-14
EM83-17
EM83-18
EM83-19
EM83-21
EM83-22
EM83-23
EM83-26
EM83-27
EM83-28
EM84-07
EM84-15
EM85-01
EM85-02
EM85-03
EM85-04
EM85-08
EM85-09
EM85-10
NOTES:
Shielding shown as dashed lines are braided wires.
EVAPP CKPS CMPS CMPS KS KS EOTS ECTS IATS 2 MAFS
AB
BG
UY
UY
υ
PI3 -2 -1
BG
O
PI1
-15
O
-5 PI1
υ
N
N
N
PI38 -1 -2
W
W
W
YG
-9 PI2
YG
PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 EM23-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1
W
O
W
W
N*
W
N*
O
Y*
Y*
W
UY
GU
G
G
R
R
YG
EM39
UY
-1-2
WU
57
E
EMS18
EMS19
AB
W
-1 PI2 -3 -2
W
PI15 -2 -1
B
N
-25 PI1 -26 -24-22 PI1 -23 -21 -17 PI1 -18 -19 PI1
B
N
PI16 -1 -2
Y
P
W
Y
W
G
G
P
W
W
EMS9
BW
B*
N*
RG
O*
G
O
BG
OY
R
N*
BG
Y
G*
UY
O
OY
BG
P
Y
N
BR
BG
N*
EMS2
O
B
G
N*
N
N
BW
BW
BG
BG
PI1-6
GW
U
UY
OO
RU
UY
YU
YG
WG
YR
YR
* Early production vehicles have wire color codes that are different
from that shown. Use connector pin numbers for wire identification.
** CCV, FTPS and associated wiring – NAS vehicles only.
BRD
PI1-9
PI1-10
PI1-7
YU
YG
YR
YR
WU
50
E
WU
51
E
P134-4PI1-8
PI34-1
PI34-6
PI34-3
PI34-2
PI34-5
S1
S2
S3
S4
STEPPER
MOTOR
EGR VALVE CCV** FTPS** MAPS
υ
PI35 -2 -3 -1PI17 -2 -1 PI4 -2 -1 -4-5
PIS10
BG
BW
PI1
-54 -56
BW
BG
PIS1
CV2-3FC1-45EM2-18
BW
BW
BW
GW
WU
54
E
-52 -57-31
GW
EM3-8
56
E
WU
O
υ
BG
BG
FC1 -34-30-35
BT4 -35-48-34
BT5 -3-2-1
FP1 -3-2CV1 -2 -1
O
O
BG
BG
BG
BG
EM3-12
RG
OY
RG
OY
RG
OY
RG
OY
-1
UPSTREAM HO2S DOWNSTREAM HO2S
BA
UU
R
RU
WG
N*
Y
G*
UY
A
λ
EM22 EM24-4 -3 -2-1 -4 -3 -2-1
WG
N*
Y*
EMS8
Y*W
WW
OY
EM3-9
EMS3
W
W
PI1 -50 -49 -51
W
B*OYO*
PI42
-4
PPS/1 PPS/2
EM10 -3-2-1
BG
BW
OY
R
PI2-7 PI2-6
R
PI33
PI33
-1
THROTTLE
MOTOR
G
G
-2
U
WG
EMS1
PI42-2 PI42-1 PI42
B
λ
N
UY
W
OY
PI1 -3
OY
PIS9
BG
-3
PI6
-4
OY
TPS/1
O2S HEATERS
RELAY
62
85
E
WU
NG
3 1
WG
EM75
5 2
B
EMS46
WG
B
W
W
-1-14
-4
W
N*
G
BG
PI6-3PI6-2PI6
-1
TPS/2
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
EMS37
EM16L
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
AJ27 SC Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I CC28-1 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS B+ (ON) 0 V
O CC30-1 AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL B+ 0 V
I CC31-7 LOAD INHIBIT 0 V B+
O CC31-9 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REQUEST B+ 0 V
I CC31-17 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH 0 V (2 – 30 BAR) B+ (OUT OF ACTIVE RANGE)
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I EM80-10 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE GROUND @ 20 BAR (290 PSI)
I EM80-11 A/CCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REQUEST B+ GROUND
O EM80-12 ELECTRICAL LOAD INHIBIT GROUND B+
O EM80-14 INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM80-16 CRUISE CONTROL ON STATUS LED GROUND B+
I EM80-20 CRUISE CONTROL BRAKE CANCEL REQUEST GROUND B+
I EM80-22 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE GROUND @ 12 BAR (174 PSI)
I EM80-23 A/CCM ELECTRICAL LOAD REQUEST (HEATED WINDSHIELD) B+ GROUND
O EM80-25 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM81-04 PARALLEL (HIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM81-05 SERIES (LOW) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM81-13 CRUISE CONTROL ON REQUEST B+ GROUND
I EM81-14 CRUISE CONTROL SET +/- 7.3 V = (+), 8.8 V = (–)B+
I EM81-15 CRUISE CONTROL CANCEL / RESUME 7.3 V = RESUME, 8.8 V = CANCEL B+
O EM82-03 FUEL PUMP RELAY 2 ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM83-04 FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM83-10 IGNITION MODULES 1A, 2B, 3B, 4A OBD MONITOR 23 Hz @ IDLE (5 V)
I EM83-11 IGNITION MODULES 1B, 2A, 3A, 4B OBD MONITOR 23 Hz @ IDLE (5 V)
O EM84-02 INJECTOR 1A ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM84-03 INJECTOR 3B ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM84-04 INJECTOR 2B ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM84-05 INJECTOR 4A ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM84-06 INJECTOR 1B ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM84-09 IGNITION MODULE 4A SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-10 IGNITION MODULE 3A SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-11 IGNITION MODULE 2A SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-12 IGNITION MODULE 1A SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
I EM84-13 INJECTOR 4B ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM84-14 INJECTOR 3A ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM84-17 IGNITION MODULE 4B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-18 IGNITION MODULE 3B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-19 IGNITION MODULE 2B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-20 IGNITION MODULE 1B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-21 INJECTOR 2A ACTIVATE GROUND B+
Fig. 04.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH PI36 / 1-WAY SUMITOMO 90 A TYPE / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / A/C COMPRESSOR
A/CCM: AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE CC28 / 26-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH CC20 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / NATURAL CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW3 / 3-WAY EPC / BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
FUEL INJECTOR – 1A PI7 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 1B PI11 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 2A PI8 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 2B PI12 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 3A PI9 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 3B PI13 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 4A PI10 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 4B PI14 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL PUMPS BT17 / 6-WAY SUMITOMO DL090 / NATURAL EVAPORATIVE FLANGE / TOP OF FUEL TANK
FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
IGNITION COIL – 1A PI51 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 1B PI55 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 2A PI52 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 2B PI56 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 3A PI53 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 3B PI57 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 4A PI54 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 4B PI58 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
INTERCOOLER PUMP LF30 / 2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RH CRUSH TUBE
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE LF31 / 8-WAY TRW / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO LH CRUSH TUBE
RADIATOR FAN – LH CF1 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW LH FAN
RADIATOR FAN – RH CF2 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW RH FAN
REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH LF26 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO LH SIDE OF RADIATOR
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN EM52 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUEL INJECTION RELAY BLACK EM25 / BLACK CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUEL PUMP 1 RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #4, TRUNK FUSE BOX / TRUNK
FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #1, TRUNK FUSE BOX / TRUNK
IGNITION COIL RELAY BROWN EM26 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY BLACK EM25 / BLACK CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
CC29 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC30 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC31 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V V oltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
EM1 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM3 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM51 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM53 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LF32 4-WAY YAZAKI / GREY FORWARD OF LH FRONT SUSPENSION ARM
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
SC3 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SW1 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
SW2 6-WAY JST / BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT20 EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / RH REAR GROUND STUD
EM8R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
EM16R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM17 EYELET (SINGLE) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC17R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LF10L EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LF10R EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LF20L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LF20R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
TRUNK FUSE BOX
3
1
1
33
II
FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY (#1)
3
1
1
33
II
FUEL PUMP 1 RELAY (#4)
I
I
O
O
O
I
I
I
O
O
O
I
I
I
O
O
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
FUEL
PUMP 1
EM80-10
EM80-11
EM80-12
EM80-14
EM80-16
EM80-20
EM80-22
EM80-23
EM80-25
EM81-04
EM81-05
EM81-13
EM81-14
EM81-15
EM82-03
EM83-04
EM83-10
EM83-11
EM84-02
EM84-03
EM84-04
EM84-05
EM84-06
EM84-09
EM84-10
EM84-11
EM84-12
EM84-13
EM84-14
EM84-17
EM84-18
EM84-19
EM84-20
EM84-21
5
2
5
2
BT17-4
#15 20A
#7 20A
NG
WU
UY
U
RW
YU
U
RW
UY
RW
WU
W
WU
YR
YG
WB
WR
YG
YG
BG
BO
BW
BW
BW
GW
GO
GR
GU
BR
BG
GU
GO
GW
GB
BO
BT12-2
BT10-5
BT11-1
BT11-10
81
47
II
O
WB
NG
WR
EM3
B
BT17-3
O
FUEL
PUMP 2
FUEL TANK
NOTE: ECM power supplies, grounds and
references shown on Fig. 04.3.
BT17-2
BT17-1
B
BTS21
B
BT20
XJ Series 2001
RG
BT4
BT4
-9
-19
WR
WB
FC1
LF3
-42
-21
WR
WB
EM51
-5
-8
EM25
3
NW
1
W
FUEL INJECTION
5
2
RELAY
BR
AJ27 SC Engine Management: Part 2
RG
EM53-10
UY
EM53-9
U
EM53-8
UY
EM53-3
U
EM53-12
EM51-6
EM51-5
EM51-10
BR
U
WU
RW
PIS2
U
WU
RW
PI2-5
B
EMS11
B
EM17
CC28-01
I
CC31-09
O
CC31-07
I
CC30-01
O
CC31-17
I
A/CCM
P
LF26-5
LF26-1
LF26-3
REFRIGERANT
4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH
BRBRBR
IJ2-1
IJ1-1
BR
IJS1
IJS2
IJ3-2
NG
72
CF1-1CF1-2
OY
OY
LF32-1
LH RADIATOR FAN
W
EM1-11
B
LF26-4
LF26-2
BK
W
LFS17
LF20L
BK
B
LF32-3
LF10L
7
II
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and
Fig. 07.2 for complete A/C circuits.
RH RADIATOR FAN
CF2-2CF2-1
EM53-14
EM53-17
PI1-2
OG
WU
OG
LF32-4
WU
EM1-12
LF10R
YG
YG
PI1-29
PIS12
PI1-30 PI1-32 PI1-33 PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37
BR
BG
BG
-1
BO
IJ1-2 IJ1-3 IJ1-4 IJ1-5 IJ2-2 IJ2-3 IJ2-4 IJ2-5
BR
BO
-1
IJ4-2
IJ5-2
BR
BG
BG
-1
IJ6-2
BR
BW
BW
-1
IJ7-2
BR
BW
BW
-1
IJ8-2
BR
BW
BW
-1
IJ9-2
BR
BO
BO
-1
LF31-2
W
LF31-9
LF31-5
LF31-7
B
LF31-1
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
YU
U
CC40-2 CC40-3
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH
PIS11
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39 PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43
PI1-38
BR
BR
BR
-1
IJ10-2
RELAY MODULE
B
GU
YG
RW
WU
YR
YG
GW
YG
WU
RW
WB
INTERCOOLER
10
6
INTERCOOLER
PUMP RELAY
FC17R
GU
YG
PI55 -3
PUMP
EM25
B
RW
FCS28
PI52 -3
EM1-9
61
E
LF31-8
WU
WB
NG
GR
EM53-16
EM3-11
EM3-10
YG
RW
73
RW
CCS21
WU
YR
YG
GO
YG
RW
B
B
LF31-3
B
B
LF30-1LF30-2
8
NW
7
B
SC3-4
SC3-3
BO
SC3-12
GW
YG
RW
AJ27 SC Engine Management: Part 2 Fig. 04.4
EM52
5
2
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
B
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
EMS11
LF20R
78
EMS26
RG
RW
RG RG
PI36-1PI1-13
B
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH
EM17
YU
CC20
-4
-3
-6
YG
CC20
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
B
RW
-7
-9
PI58 -3
WU
YR
SW1
YG
SW1
BOBK
SW1
B
GO
PI53 -3
270 Ω 510 Ω
ON / OFF
680 Ω
YR
SW3-3
SW2-4
YG
SW3-1
SW2-3
BO
SW2-6
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic
ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not
connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
RW
PIS5
PI1-53
EMS38
EM16R
B
GW
YG
RW
-2-2-2-2 -4-4-4-4 -1-1-1-1PI54 -3PI57 -3PI56 -3PI51 -3 -2-2-2-2 -4-4-4-4 -1-1-1-1
DECEL
430 Ω
SET / ACCEL
680 Ω
CANCEL
430 Ω
RESUME
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES
RW
BB
RG
CC20
-10
CC20
-8
STEERING WHEEL
EM26
5
2
IGNITION COIL
RELAY
PIS13
B
PI1-55
B
EMS4
3
1
SW3-4
SW3-2
3
1
10.2
WG
BO
BO
SWS1
NW
WU
NG
WU
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
83
58
E
11
II
88
60
E
B
EM8R
1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B 4B
3B2B1A
4A
1B
2A
3A
4B
FUEL INJECTORS IGNITION COILS
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
AJ27 SC Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I CC14-1 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
C CC14-3 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
C CC14-4 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
I CC14-6 GROUND GROUND GROUND
C CC14-8 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
C CC14-9 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 N/A
Pin Description Active Inactive
O EM7-1 PRESSURE REGULATOR #2 GROUND (MAXIMUM PRESSURE) B+ (NO PRESSURE)
O EM7-2 SPORT MODE SWITCH STATUS LED GROUND = LED ON B+
O EM7-4 PRESSURE REGULATOR #4 GROUND (MAXIMUM PRESSURE) B+ (NO PRESSURE)
O EM7-5 PRESSURE REGULATOR #1 GROUND (MAXIMUM PRESSURE) B+ (NO PRESSURE)
I EM7-6 GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM7-8 ROTARY SWITCH ‘L2’ CONTACTS B+ GROUND
I EM7-9 ROTARY SWITCH ‘L4’ CONTACTS B+ GROUND
I EM7-12 SPORT MODE SWITCH STRATEGY SELECT GROUND = SPORT 9 V = NORMAL
I EM7-13 D – 4 SWITCH GROUND B+
SG EM7-14 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR 300 Hz @ IDLE (2.5 V)
SG EM7-15 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SHIELD GROUND GROUND
SG EM7-16 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR GROUND GROUND
SG EM7-21 FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1.31 V
I EM7-22 FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 1.15 V @ 90°C
SG EM7-23 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SHIELD GROUND GROUND
I EM7-26 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
SG EM7-28 ROTARY / D – 4 / KICK DOWN SWITCHES COMMON GROUND GROUND GROUND
O EM7-29 PRESSURE REGULATOR #3 GROUND (MAXIMUM PRESSURE) B+ (NO PRESSURE)
O EM7-30 SOLENOID VALVE #1 GROUND B+
O EM7-32 SOLENOID VALVE #3 GROUND B+
O EM7-33 SOLENOID VALVE #2 GROUND B+
I EM7-34 GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM7-36 ROTARY SWITCH ‘L1’ CONTACTS B+ GROUND
I EM7-37 ROTARY SWITCH ‘L3’ CONTACTS B+ GROUND
I EM7-42 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR 1.51 V @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 250 Hz, 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 500 Hz
I EM7-44 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR 1.51 V @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 223 Hz, 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 446 Hz
I EM7-45 SPORT MODE SWITCH STRATEGY SELECT 10 v = SPORT GROUND = NORMAL
O EM7-51 PRESSURE REGULATOR #5 GROUND (MAXIMUM PRESSURE) B+ (NO PRESSURE)
O EM7-52 SOLENOID VALVES COMMON SUPPLY B+ B+
O EM7-53 PRESSURE REGULATORS COMMON SUPPLY B+ B+
I EM7-54 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I EM7-55 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
C EM7-82 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C EM7-83 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C EM7-85 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C EM7-86 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
Fig. 05.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
D – 4 SWITCH CC7 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE CC14 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) CC4 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 N/A EM7 / 88-WAY BOSCH / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
TRANSMISSION ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR: AJ27 N/A EM46 / 16-WAY KOSTAL TRANSMISSION CONNECTOR / BLACK LEFT HAND REAR OF TRANSMISSION
TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH EM47 / 10-WAY METRI-PACK 150 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
EM53 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CC2R EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD – LH SIDE
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
EM8R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V V oltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
AJ27 N/A Automatic Transmission
AJ27 N/A Automatic Transmission Fig. 05.1
NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module –
CAN “listen only” node for
gear selector position indicators.
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
82
34
II
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
WB
NR
EMS42
G
Y
G
Y
WB
WB
EM7-26
EM7-54
EM7-55
EM7-82
EM7-83
EM7-85
EM7-86
TRANSMISSION
ROTARY SWITCH
L1 L2 L3 L4 P, N
TURBINE SPEED
SENSOR
FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
TRANSMISSION
PRESSURE
REGULATORS
SOLENOID
VALVES
OUTPUT SPEED
SENSOR
υ
12345 123
EM46
EM46-6EM46
-5
NG
B+
B+
B+
–
C
+
C
–
C
+
C
EM7-1
O
EM7-2
O
EM7-4
O
EM7-5
O
EM7-6
I
EM7-8
I
EM7-9
I
EM7-12
I
EM7-13
I
EM7-14
EM7-15
EM7-16
OY
RU
O
OG
B
R
W
RU
OG
N
W
B*
-13
BG
EM46
-14
EM46-2EM46-3EM46-7EM46
EM46
-16
OG
RU
EM46
-11
-15
OY O O O
EM46
RW
EM46
EM46
-12
YB
EM46
-8
-9
-4
YU
YU
EM46-1EM46
B* O*UY
-10
BSRBYW NG
EM47-EEM47
BW Y R
EM47-CEM47-DEM47-JEM47
EM47
-A
-B
YW
BK
EMS36
-K
RU
BK
EM8L
OG
EM53-4
OG
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
330 Ω
P
330 Ω
R
330 Ω
N
330 Ω
D
330 Ω
4
330 Ω
3
330 Ω
2
B+
–
C
+
C
–
C
+
C
I
RU
US
CC7-1 CC7-3
03.1
D – 4
SWITCH
CC14
-1
CC14
-3
CC14
-4
CC14
-8
CC14
-9
CC14
-6
04.1
BY
WG
G
Y
G
Y
B
13
II
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
B
CCS15
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
CC2R
EM7-21
EM7-22
I
EM7-23
EM7-28
EM7-29
O
EM7-30
O
EM7-32
O
EM7-33
O
EM7-34
I
EM7-36
I
EM7-37
I
EM7-42
I
EM7-44
I
EM7-45
I
EM7-51
O
EM7-52
O
EM7-53
O
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
BG
UY
W
BW
O
YB
YU
YU
B
Y
Y
G
O*
RG
O
RU
RW
EMS25
BW
EM53-1
RU
EM53-5
RU
EM53-13
RG
EM53-2
EMS4
B
EM8R
NOTES:
* Early production vehicles have wire color codes that are different
from that shown. Use connector pin numbers for wire identification.
Shielding shown as dashed lines are braided wires.
BW
RU
CC4
MODE
-7
STATE
RU
CC4
-9
RG BK
CC4
-2
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
560 Ω
560 Ω
CC4
-8
CC4
-10
CC4
-1
WG
RG
MODE SWITCH
10.2
CCS4
14
II
DIMMER OVERRIDE
BK
CC3L
BRD
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
AJ27 N/A Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I CC14-1 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
C CC14-3 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
C CC14-4 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
I CC14-6 GROUND GROUND GROUND
C CC14-8 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
C CC14-9 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 SC
Pin Description Active Inactive
I EM61-2 KICKDOWN SWITCH GROUND (= WOT) B+ (< WOT)
I EM61-3 SPORT MODE SWITCH 0 V = SPORT; 0 V = NORMAL
I EM61-25 DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION GROUND = R, D, 4, 3 B+ = P, N, 2
I EM61-26 DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION GROUND = N, D, 4, 2 B+ = P, R, 3
I EM61-27 DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION GROUND = N, 4, 3, 2 8 V = R, D B+ = P
I EM61-28 DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION GROUND = P, D, 3, 2 B+ = R, N, 4
I EM61-29 IGNITION SUPPLIED VOLTAGE B+ GROUND
I EM61-30 TCM / DUAL LINEAR SWITCH COMMON GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
C EM62-L CAN NETWORK 5 – 1500 Hz
C EM62-H CAN NETWORK 5 – 1500 Hz
I EM62-12 n2 SPEED SENSOR FEEDBACK 6V = 900 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KPH); 1800 HZ @ 20 MPH (32 KH) (‘2’ SELECTED – ‘1’ ENGAGED)
O EM62-13 SPEED SENSOR COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY 5V
O EM62-14 ‘1-2 / 4-5’ SOLENOID ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM62-15 ‘3-4’ SOLENOID ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM62-16 ‘2-3’ SOLENOID ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM62-17 TCC SOLENOID ACTIVATE GROUND = LOCKED B+ = UNLOCKED
O EM62-33 SPEED SENSOR / FLUID TEMP. SENSOR COMMON GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM62-34 FLUID TEMP. SENSOR FEEDBACK 1.75 V @ 90° C = R, D, 4, 3, 2 5 V = P, N
I EM62-35 n3 SPEED SENSOR FEEDBACK 6 V = 85 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KPH); 170 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KPH) (‘2’ SELECTED – ‘2’ ENGAGED)
O EM62-36 MODULATION PRESSURE REGULATOR ACTIVATE GROUND ( 42% PWM @ IDLE) B+
O EM62-37 SHIFT PRESSURE REGULATOR ACTIVATE GROUND ( 39% PWM @ IDLE) B+
O EM62-38 SOLENOID VALVE / PRESSURE REGULATOR COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY B+ GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
Fig. 05.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH CC8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY RIGHT HAND SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR / CENTER CONSOLE
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE CC14 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
KICKDOWN SWITCH CC35 / 1-WAY LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE / CLEAR BELOW ACCELERATOR PEDAL
MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) CC4 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 SC EM61 / 18-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
TRANSMISSION ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR: AJ27 SC GB1 / 13-WAY KOSTAL 1.5 / BLACK TRANSMISSION
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
EM44 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
EM53 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM63 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CC2R EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD – LH SIDE
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
CC3R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
EM8R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CC36 / 1-WAY LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE / CLEAR
EM62 / 14-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V V oltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
AJ27 SC Automatic Transmission
NOTE: n2 and n3 are internal
gear ratio speed sensors.
TRANSMISSION
NOTE: Pressure regulators:
MD – modulation pressure
SD – shift pressure
AJ27 SC Automatic Transmission Fig. 05.2
NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module –
CAN “listen only” node for
gear selector position indicators.
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
PARK, NEUTRAL
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
34
II
CAN
21.1
CAN
21.1
WB
G
Y
03.2
04.3
15
EM61-29
EM62-L
EM62-H
03.2
II
B+
–
C
+
C
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
RU
RU
WG
EM63-11
I
CC8
RU
B+
CC8
GU
CC8
-6
GU
CC8
-11
-3
WG
CC8
CC8
-7
-2
GB
B
EM63
EM63-1EM63-2EM63-3EM63
-12
O O O O O O
CC8
-4
RU
n2
SPEED
SENSOR
CC8
-8
-1
GR
GB1-7GB1
-3
BB
EM4
-4
EM4
-3
-7
SPEED
SENSOR
GB1
-1
EM4
-1
n3
GB1
EM4
FLUID
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
SWITCH
(NOT USED)
OPEN – P, N
-12
B
-12
υ
GB1
EM4
GB1
-4
-4
GB1
-6
-13
B
B
EM4
EM4-5EM4-8EM4-9EM4
-6
SOLENOID
VALVES
1-2,4-522-333-4
GB1
GB1
-8
-9
B
B
GB1
PRESSURE
REGULATORS
TCC
-11
B
-11
MD SD1
GB1-2GB1
-10
BBB B
EM4-2EM4
-10
330 Ω
P
330 Ω
R
330 Ω
N
330 Ω
D
330 Ω
4
330 Ω
3
330 Ω
2
B+
–
C
+
C
–
C
+
C
I
CC14
-1
CC14
-3
CC14
-4
CC14
-8
CC14
-9
CC14
-6
WG
G
Y
G
Y
B
CCS15
13
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
B
II
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
CC2R
B
EM61-2
I
EM61-3
I
EM61-25
I
EM61-26
I
EM61-27
I
EM61-28
I
EM61-30
I
EM62-12
I
EM62-13
EM62-14
O
EM62-15
O
EM62-16
O
EM62-17
O
EM62-33
EM62-34
I
EM62-35
I
EM62-36
O
EM62-37
O
EM62-38
O
BW
U
GB
GU
GU
GR
B
BG
BW
BK
BG
BR
BW
B
BW
BG
BO
BO
BR
EM53-15
EMS17
EM63-8
BW
U
CC4
CC35 CC36
BK
KICKDOWN SWITCH
1000 Ω
-9
510 Ω
270 Ω
MODE STATE
CC4
-8
CC4
-10
CC4
-1
WG
RG
BK
MODE SWITCH
CCS5
CCS4
BK
14
II
DIMMER OVERRIDE
10.2
BK
CC3L
CC3R
B
EMS4
B
EM8R
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
AJ27 SC Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
O FC15-48 GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID ACTIVATE B+ (UNLOCKED) GROUND (LOCKED)
O FC15-51 COLUMN SWITCHGEAR KEYLOCK SOLENOID ACTIVATE B+ (LOCKED) GROUND (UNLOCKED)
I FC15-58 NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH STATUS GROUND (PARK) B+ (NOT IN PARK)
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I FC15-104 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I EM82-08 BRAKE SWITCH GROUND B+
C EM83-16 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C EM83-25 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
C CC14-3 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
C CC14-4 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
C CC14-8 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
C CC14-9 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
INSTRUMENT PACK
Pin Description Active Inactive
C FC24-11 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
S FC24-13 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC24-14 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
Fig. 05.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
BRAKE SWITCH CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE CC14 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID CC12 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY / CENTER CONSOLE
INSTRUMENT PACK FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
KEYLOCK SOLENOID (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC5 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLUE COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH CC13 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM1 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
FC11 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
LF3 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
SC1 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CC2R EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD – LH SIDE
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FC29L EYELET (PAIR) – LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD / CABIN SIDE
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V V oltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
NOTE: EMS21: Adaptive Damping vehicles only.
Gearshift Interlock
Gearshift Interlock Fig. 05.3
EMS21
Y
G
FC7-8
FC7-2
FC11-12
FC11-15
OG
Y
G
Y
G
Y
G
EM82-8
EM83-25
EM83-16
CC14-4
CC14-3
CC14-9
CC14-8
FC24-11
FC24-24
I
+
C
–
C
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
C
+
C
–
+
C
C
–
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
C
+
C
–
S
–
+
S
FC24-14
FC24-13
U
Y
FCS2
FCS3
U
Y
21.1
21.1
SCP
SCP
11
II
CC40-4 CC40-1
OGWU
OG
CAS81
OG
OG
LFS1
OGOG
EM1-1 CA19-16 LF3-1
BRAKE SWITCH
EM2-7
EM2-6
Y
G
Y
G
CC3L
BK
CCS4
BK
CC13-3
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH
CC13-1
YB
INSTRUMENT PACK
13
17
2
II
12
I
FC7-18
N
NW
WU
WR
YB
FC15-80
FC15-104
FC15-15
FC15-32
FC15-58
B+ LOGIC
B+ SOLENOIDS
S
–
CONTROL
S
+
O
I
I
GEARSHIFT
INTERLOCK
O
I
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
FC15-84
FC15-85
FC15-48
FC15-51
U
Y
OG
RW
FC7-17
OG
RW
CC12
-1
GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK
SC5
-1
KEYLOCK SOLENOID
SOLENOID
B
CC12
-2
BK
SC5
-2
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
B
CCS15
CC2R
B
SC1-2SC1-1
B
FCS10
FC29L
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
All Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
O LF27-1 BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR LEVEL SWITCH REFERENCE B+ B+
I LF27-2 BRAKE SWITCH GROUND B+
I LF27-3 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2.5 V @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 100 Hz; 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 200 Hz
SG LF27-4 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2.5 V @ REST
C LF27-5 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
SG LF27-6 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2.5 V @ REST
I LF27-7 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2.5 V @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 100 Hz; 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 200 Hz
I LF27-8 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I LF27-9 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I LF27-13 BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR LEVEL SWITCH GROUND B+
I LF27-14 STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
C LF27-15 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
O LF27-16 STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH STATE LED GROUND B+
I LF27-17 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2.5 V @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 100 Hz; 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 200 Hz
SG LF27-18 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2.5 V @ REST
LF27-19 NOT USED
I LF27-20 IGNITION SWITCHED SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I LF27-21 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2.5 V @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 100 Hz; 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 200 Hz
SG LF27-22 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2.5 V @ REST
I LF27-24 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I LF27-25 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
Fig. 06.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF27 / 25-WAY AMP / FORD / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR EM37 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
BRAKE SWITCH CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT FL1 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK LH FRONT HUB ASSEMBLY
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR LA2 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK REAR AXLE / LH WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT FR1 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK RH FRONT HUB ASSEMBLY
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR RA2 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK REAR AXLE / RH WHEEL HUB
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA9 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA29 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
EM1 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
LF1 2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / NATURAL BELOW CHASSIS RAIL / LH SIDE
LF2 2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / NATURAL BELOW CHASSIS RAIL / RH SIDE
LF3 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
LF29L EYELET (PAIR) – ABS GROUND STUD
LF29R EYELET (PAIR) – ABS GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V V oltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
LFS1
LF27-3
LF27-4
LF27-19
B+
LF27-9
LF27-20
LF27-25
LF27-17
LF27-18
LF27-21
LF27-1
LF27-13
LF27-22
LF27-8
LF27-24
B
B
U
UY
U
U
R
W
O
Y
G
Y
LF27-6
LF27-7
O
NW
WU
NR
RA2-2
RA2-1
LA2-2
LA2-1
FR1-2
FR1-1
FL1-2
FL1-1
R
W
G
Y
U
U
Y
O
LF2-1
LF2-2
LF1-1
LF1-2
LF27-2
OG
LF27-5
Y
LF27-15
G
CAN
CAN
21.1
44
II
75
74
U
U
O
Y
CA9-2
CA9-1
CA29-1
CA29-2
LF3-8
LF3-7
LF3-9
LF3-10
EM1-4
EM1-5
U
UY
EM37-2 EM37-1
B+
B+
LF27-14
R
LF3-6
R
CC1-12CC1-2
LF27-16
RW
LF3-5
RW
CC1-11CC1-5
WG
BK
CCS4
BK
CC3L
LF29L
C
C
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
–
+
O
11
II
CA19-16
LF3-1
OG OGOGWU
CC40-4 CC40-1
CA19-10
CA19-9
R
RW
16
II
560 Ω
LF29R
EM1-3
CAS81
OG
21.1
Anti-lock Braking; Traction Control
BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR
Anti-lock Braking; Traction Control Fig. 06.1
RH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
NOT USED
RH REAR
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
BRAKE SWITCH
STABILITY / TRACTION
STATE
STABILITY / TRACTION
CONTROL SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
LH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
LH REAR
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
1
19
I
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
All Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
O CA32-2 TRANSDUCER NEGATIVE 2 V @ IDLE DECREASING WITH VEHICLE SPEED
I CA32-4 VEHICLE SPEED B+ @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 20 Hz, 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 40 Hz
O CA32-5 TRANSDUCER POSITIVE 9 V @ IDLE INCREASING WITH VEHICLE SPEED
I CA32-6 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ 0 V
I CA32-8 GROUND 0 V 0 V
Fig. 06.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE CA32 / 9-WAY RISTS / BLACK LOWER LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER LL3 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / NATURAL STEERING RACK / CONTROL VALVE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
LL2 2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK BELOW CHASSIS RAIL / LH SIDE
LF3 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA30L EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V V oltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
Power Assisted Steering
Power Assisted Steering Fig. 06.2
VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
10
II
08.1
WU
U
FC5-11
CA32-6 CA32-2
B+
U
CA32-4 CA32-5
POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONTROL MODULE
O
OI
I
CA32-8
CAS46
R
LF3-30
Y
LF3-33
BB
CA30L
R
LL2-1
Y
LL2-2 LL3-2
R
LL3-1
Y
VARIABLE STEERING
CONVERTER
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
All Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
O EM68-1 INSTRUMENT PACK ADAPTIVE DAMPENING MIL GROUND B+
O EM68-3 ACCELEROMETER COMMON GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
D EM68-10 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
I EM68-11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O EM68-13 LH REAR DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O EM68-14 RH FRONT DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O EM68-15 RH REAR DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I EM68-18 GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM68-20 FRONT LATERAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK < 0.2 V OR > 4.8 V 2.3 – 2.7 V = HARD
I EM68-21 FRONT VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK < 0.2 V OR > 4.8 V 2.3 – 2.7 V = HARD
I EM68-22 REAR VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK < 0.2 V OR > 4.8 V 2.3 – 2.7 V = HARD
I EM68-24 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM / H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM / H) @ B+
O EM68-25 ACCELEROMETER COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY 5 V 5 V
I EM68-26 BRAKE SWITCH GROUND B+
I EM68-27 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
D EM68-28 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
O EM68-30 LH FRONT DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O EM68-31 LH FRONT DAMPER GROUND B+
O EM68-32 LH REAR DAMPER GROUND B+
O EM68-33 RH FRONT DAMPER GROUND B+
O EM68-34 RH REAR DAMPER GROUND B+
Fig. 06.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
ACCELEROMETER – FRONT LATERAL EM28 / 3-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ACCELEROMETER – FRONT VERTICAL EM4 / 3-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ACCELEROMETER – REAR VERTICAL BT7 / 3-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK BELOW FUEL TANK / TRUNK CARPET
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE EM68 / 35-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ADJACENT TO PASSENGER SIDE BLOWER /
BRAKE SWITCH CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
DAMPER SOLENOID – LH FRONT EM64 / 2-WAY DELPHI / REINSHAGEN / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT HAND SIDE
DAMPER SOLENOID – LH REAR LA1 / 2-WAY DELPHI / REINSHAGEN / BLACK REAR AXLE / LH REAR DAMPER SOLENOID
DAMPER SOLENOID – RH FRONT EM65 / 2-WAY DELPHI / REINSHAGEN / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT HAND SIDE
DAMPER SOLENOID – RH REAR RA1 / 2-WAY DELPHI / REINSHAGEN / BLACK REAR AXLE / RH REAR DAMPER SOLENOID
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
CA9 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA29 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
EM1 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
LF3 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EM17 EYELET (SINGLE) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V V oltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
Suspension Adaptive Damping
Suspension Adaptive Damping Fig. 06.3
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
77
48
II
21.2
21.2
NW
W
O
W
EM68-27
EM68-11
EM68-10
EM68-28
B+
B+
D
D
O
O
O
O
INSTRUMENT PACK: FAULT WARNING
INSTRUMENT PACK: VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
08.1
08.1
YR
EM2-10
O
EM2-14
YR
OG
EM68-1
EM68-24
O
O
I
O
O
O
WU
11
II
CC40-4
CC40-1
OG
OG
CA19-16
CAS81
OG
LF3-1
LFS1
OGOG
OG
EMS21
OG
EM68-26EM1-1
I
EM68-30
EM68-31
EM68-14
EM68-33
EM68-13
EM68-32
EM68-15
EM68-34
Y
OY
OG
OY
O
OY
OG
OY
EM2-20
EM2-1
EM2-12
EM2-11
O
OY
OG
OY
FC5-41
O
OY
FC5-40
OG
FC1-20
OY
FC1-19
CA29-4
CA29-3
CA9-4
CA9-3
Y
OY
OG
OY
O
OY
OG
OY
EM64-A
EM64-B
LH FRONT
DAMPER SOLENOID
EM65-A
EM65-B
RH FRONT
DAMPER SOLENOID
LA1-A
LA1-B
LH REAR
DAMPER SOLENOID
RA1-A
RA1-B
RH REAR
DAMPER SOLENOID
BRAKE SWITCH
I
B
EM68-20
B
Y
U
EM28-1
EM28-2
EM28-3
LATERAL
ACCELERATION
GROUND
B+
EM17
B
EMS11
B
EM68-18
I
O
O
I
I
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
EM68-21
EM68-3
EM68-25
EM68-22
LATERAL ACCELEROMETER
(FRONT)
BT4-30
BT4-29
BT4-28
B
Y
U
R
OY
VERTICAL
ACCELERATION
EM4-1
GROUND
EM4-2
B+
EM4-3
FRONT VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER
VERTICAL
ACCELERATION
BT7-1
GROUND
BT7-2
U
BT7-3
B+
REAR VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER
B
Y
U
R
EMS44
EMS45
EM2-9
Y
EM2-5
U
EM2-4
OY
U
FC1-28
FC1-27
FC1-26
R
R
OY
U
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Adaptive Damping Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
O CC28-6 DEFROST VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0 V
O CC28-7 CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0 V
O CC28-8 LH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT MOTOR B+ 0 V
O CC28-9 RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT MOTOR B+ 0 V
O CC28-12 FOOTWELL VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0 V
O CC28-13 COOL AIR BYPASS VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0 V
O CC28-19 DEFROST VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0 V
O CC28-20 CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0 V
O CC28-21 LH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0 V
O CC28-22 RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0 V
O CC28-25 FOOTWELL SERVO MOTOR B+ 0 V
O CC28-26 COOL AIR BYPASS SERVO MOTOR B+ 0 V
I CC29-1 SOLAR SENSOR FEEDBACK 0.75 V – 4.75 V; INCREASING WITH SOLAR LOAD
I CC29-2 CENTER VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5 V = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED
I CC29-3 RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5 V = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED
I CC29-5 COOL AIR BYPASS VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5 V = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED
I CC29-6 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE 2.5 V @ 90° C, VOLTAGE DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE
I CC29-10 DEFROST VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5 V = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED
I CC29-11 LH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5 V = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED
I CC29-13 FOOTWELL VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5 V = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED
O CC30-2 CLOCK B+ (1.45 Hz)
D CC30-3 SERIAL DATA OUTPUT TO CONTROL PANEL
I CC30-5 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 2.18 V @ 25° C, VOLTAGE DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE
I CC30-6 HEATER MATRIX TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 2.25 V @ 20° C, VOLTAGE DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE
D CC30-7 SERIAL DATA INPUT FROM CONTROL PANEL
O CC30-8 START B+ (MOMENTARY) 0 V
I CC30-11 IN CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 3.25 V @ 0° C, VOLTAGE DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE
I CC30-12 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 3.25 V @ 0° C, VOLTAGE DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE
I CC31-1 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ 0 V
I CC31-2 ISOLATE RELAY CONTROLLED BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ 0 V
I CC31-3 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND 0 V B+
O CC31-4 CONTROL PANEL BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ 0 V
I CC31-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I CC31-6 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL 5 V @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
SG CC31-8 POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE 5 V 5 V
D CC31-10 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS INPUT
O CC31-12 CONTROL PANEL BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I CC31-13 GROUND 0 V 0 V
O CC31-14 CONTROL PANEL GROUND SUPPLY 0 V 0 V
O CC31-15 ISOLATE RELAY ACTIVE B+ 0 V
I CC31-16 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+
O CC31-18 ASPIRATOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ 0 V
SG CC31-19 POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE GROUND 0 V 0 V
I CC31-20 GROUND 0 V 0 V
D CC31-21 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS OUTPUT
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL
Pin Description Active Inactive
I CC27-1 CLOCK B+ (1.45 kHz) B+
I CC27-2 START B+ GROUND
D CC27-3 SERIAL DATA OUTPUT TO A/C CONTROL MODULE
D CC27-4 SERIAL DATA INPUT FROM A/C CONTROL MODULE
I CC27-5 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I CC27-6 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I CC27-7 CONTROL PANEL GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
I CC27-8 LOCATE ILLUMINATION SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I CC27-9 DIMMER OVERRIDE REQUEST GROUND B+
Fig. 07.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE CC28 / 26-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL CC27 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLUE CENTER CONSOLE
AIR INTAKE – LH BLOWER CC32 / 15-WAY SUMITOMO 90 HYBRID / GREEN LH SIDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX
AIR INTAKE – RH BLOWER CC33 / 15-WAY SUMITOMO 90 HYBRID / GREEN RH SIDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR LF16 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 92 / BLACK ADJACENT TO RADIATOR / BUMPER UNDER TRAY
ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY FC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER SIDE KNEE BOLSTER
EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY CC34 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK LH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / LH DASH LINER
SOLAR SENSOR FC52 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY WINDSHIELD CENTER VENT
VENT ASSEMBLY FC44 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK FASCIA – CENTER
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDITIONING ISOLATE RELAY BLACK CA50 / BLACK LH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA20 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW RH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
FC11 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA31L EYELET (PAIR) – RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
CC3R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FC29L EYELET (PAIR) – LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD / CABIN SIDE
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CC29 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC30 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC31 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V V oltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
Climate Control: Part 1
Climate Control: Part 1 Fig. 07.1
NOTE: When the ignition switched ground input is interrupted
during engine cranking, the A/CCM will not drive high power
consuming components.
NOTE: The A/C Isolate Relay remains energized by the A/CCM
for 30 seconds after the ignition is switched off so that power is
supplied for the A/CCM to “park” the servos.
6
II
15
I
37
38
CAS37
CA31L
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
3
2
BB
AIR CONDITIONING
ISOLATE RELAY
ENGINE SPEED
CA50
08.1
08.1
08.1
21.2
21.2
4
5
1
YG
RW
OY
W
O
WUWU
WRWR
NWNW
GWGWNW
GWGW
FC11-9
FC11-8
FC11-10
YG
RW
OY
CC31-1
CC31-3
CC31-5
CC31-2CA20-5
CC31-15CA20-4
CC29-6
CC31-6
CC31-16
CC31-10
CC31-21
CC28-6
O
B+
I
B+
B+
O
I
I
I
D
D
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
CC28-7
O
CC28-8
O
CC28-9
O
CC28-12
O
CC28-13
O
CC28-19
O
CC28-20
O
CC28-21
O
CC28-22
O
CC28-25
O
CC28-26
O
CC29-1
I
CC29-2
I
CC29-3
I
CC29-5
I
CC29-10
I
CC29-11
I
CC29-13
I
CC30-2
O
CC30-3
D
CC30-5
I
CC30-6
I
CC30-7
D
CC30-8
O
CC30-11
I
CC30-12
I
CC31-4
O
CC31-8
CC31-12
O
CC31-13
I
CC31-14
O
CC31-18
O
CC31-19
CC31-20
I
ASPIRATOR
ASSEMBLY
IN-CAR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
ASPIRATOR
MOTOR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
VENT
SERVO
VENT ASSEMBLY
DEFROST
SERVO
SOLAR
SENSOR
EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX
HEATER MATRIX
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
AMBIENT
υ
υ υυ
BWBWOY
LF16-2LF16
-1
RU
RU
P
FC44
FC52
-9
-7
U
-2
FC7-7
-1
U
FCS36
FC52
OG
FC11
OP
-2
-18
KU UG BW PSU UO GU UY UW UR
CC34
U
CC34
-1
-10
U
FC7-6
BW
BW
BW
OR
RY RUBWUB LGWGWB
OY
FC40-2FC40-1FC40
U WU U UYB UY
BW
FC11
-7
U
FC40
-3
FC7
-20
GW OG
LF3-3LF3
-4
BW
CA19
BW
-4
OY
CA19
-7
-8
OY
RG PR SR
BW
FC44-3FC44-5FC44-4FC44-6FC44-8FC44
FC44
-2
BW RG
UY YR O RW
FC11-6FC11-4FC11-5FC11-3FC11-1FC11
UY YR O RW
RG
FCS37
RW
UY
RW
R
OY
UY
RU
YR
Y
NR
O
GU
OG
RG
Y
YB
O
YG
UY
Y
YG
OY
U
Y
YR
U
WU
WU
U
WR
B
B
GW
BW
BK
CCS5
BK
B
FCS10
B
ASSEMBLY
COOL AIR BYPASS
SERVO
CC34
CC34-3CC34-5CC34-4CC34-6CC34-8CC34
-2
BW
CCS14
GU UY
WUWRB
CC27
CC27
CC27
CC27
CC27
-5
-7
-2
-6
CC27
-3
FOOT WELL
SERVO
OY
CC27
-4
SGSYSRWUWRB
LH BLOWER
AIR INTAKE
FRESH / RECIRCULATION
SERVO
RH BLOWER
AIR INTAKE
FRESH / RECIRCULATION
SERVO
BWPYGPYY BWPYWRBNR
CC34
-9
-7
O
CCS13
CC32
CC32
CC32-6CC32
-2
-1
U
BW
YG
CC32
-12
RW
CC33
-7
YBW
CC33
CC33-6CC33
-2
-1
UYR
CC33
-12
-7
NR
YYGYYR
-1
S
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
CC3R
50 63
EE
FC29L
DD
DATA
IIII
CLOCK
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
R
I
I
CC27-8
RG
CC27-9
R
RG
10.2
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
10.2
I
B+B+
DATA
START
CONTROL PANEL
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
All Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I CC28-1 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS B+ (ON) 0 V
O CC28-2 HEATER VALVE ACTIVE B+ 0 V
O CC28-3 RH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY ACTIVE 0 V B+
O CC28-4 LH / RH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAYS ACTIVATE 0 V B+
O CC28-5 DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY ACTIVATE 0 V B+
O CC28-16 LH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY ACTIVATE B+ 0 V
O CC28-17 HEATER PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE 0 V B+
O CC28-18 HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY ACTIVATE 0 V B+
I CC29-7 RH BLOWER SPEED FEEDBACK 7.6 V = LOW SPEED 0.83 V = HIGH SPEED
O CC29-8 RH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE SIGNAL 1.3 V = LOW SPEED 0 V = HIGH SPEED
I CC29-15 LH BLOWER SPEED FEEDBACK 7.6 V = LOW SPEED 0.83 V = HIGH SPEED
O CC29-16 LH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE SIGNAL 1.3 V = LOW SPEED 0 V = HIGH SPEED
O CC30-1 AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL B+ 0 V
I CC31-7 LOAD INHIBIT 0 V B+
O CC31-9 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REQUEST B+ 0 V
I CC31-17 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH 0 V (2 – 30 BAR) B+ (OUT OF ACTIVE RANGE)
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I EM80-10 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE GROUND @ 20 BAR (290 PSI)
I EM80-11 A/CCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REQUEST B+ GROUND
O EM80-12 ELECTRICAL LOAD INHIBIT GROUND B+
I EM80-22 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE GROUND @ 12 BAR (174 PSI)
I EM80-23 A/CCM ELECTRICAL LOAD REQUEST (HEATED WINDSHIELD) B+ GROUND
O EM80-25 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM81-04 PARALLEL (HIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM81-05 SERIES (LOW) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+
Fig. 07.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH PI36 / 1-WAY SUMITOMO 90 A TYPE / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / A/C COMPRESSOR
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE CC28 / 26-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL CC27 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLUE CENTER CONSOLE
BLOWER MOTOR – LH CC32 / 15-WAY SUMITOMO 90 HYBRID / GREEN LH SIDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX
BLOWER MOTOR – RH CC33 / 15-WAY SUMITOMO 90 HYBRID / GREEN RH SIDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX
DOOR MIRROR – DRIVER DD8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DOOR MIRROR – PASSENGER PD8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT
FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
HEATED BACKLIGHT CA21 / 1-WAY LUCAR POSILOCK MKI / BLACK INSIDE ‘E’ POST / ‘E’ POST UPPER TRIM
HEATER PUMP EM36 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT HAND REAR
HEATER VALVE EM40 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT HAND REAR
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE LF31 / 8-WAY TRW / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO LH CRUSH TUBE
RADIATOR FAN – LH CF1 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW LH FAN
RADIATOR FAN – RH CF2 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW RH FAN
REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH LF26 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO LH SIDE OF RADIATOR
WINDSHIELD HEATER – LH SH4 / 2-WAY AMP SERIES 187C / GREY CONNECTOR ADJACENT TO HOOD LATCH
WINDSHIELD HEATER – RH SH5 / 2-WAY AMP SERIES 187C / GREY CONNECTOR ADJACENT TO HOOD LATCH
CC29 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC30 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC31 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
LF6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
LF7 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
LF8 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
ST19 / EYELET
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET
IC18 / LUCAR BEHIND LEFT HAND REAR QUARTER PANEL
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN EM52 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
BLOWER MOTOR RELAY – LH BLACK CA58 / BLACK RH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER
BLOWER MOTOR RELAY – RH BLACK CA58 / BLACK RH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER
DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY BLACK CA18 / BLACK RH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER
HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY (#2) BROWN BUS RELAY #2, TRUNK FUSE BOX / TRUNK
HEATER PUMP RELAY (#1) BROWN BUS RELAY #1, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY – LH BLACK SH2 / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY – RH BLACK SH3 / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
CA10 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA20 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW RH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM1 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM42 4-WAY YAZAKI / GREY BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
EM51 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM53 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
LF3 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
LF32 4-WAY YAZAKI / GREY FORWARD OF LH FRONT SUSPENSION ARM
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA30R EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33R EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CC2L EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD – LH SIDE
EM8R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
EM18L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM18R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
IC6 EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LF10L EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LF10R EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LF20L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V V oltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
NG
72
CF1-2
LH RADIATOR FAN
I
I
O
I
I
O
O
O
MODULE
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
O
I
O
O
I
O
I
B
CF2-1
RH RADIATOR FAN
EM80-10
EM80-11
EM80-12
EM80-22
EM80-23
EM80-25
EM81-04
EM81-05
CC28-1
CC28-2
CC28-3
CC28-4
CC28-5
CC28-16
CC28-17
CC28-18
CC29-7
CC29-8
CC29-15
CC29-16
CC30-1
CC31-7
CC31-9
CC31-17
WU
UY
U
RW
UY
RW
WU
W
RG
U
UY
UY
W
GR
RW
GU
OG
GO
U
GU
UY
U
UY
U
B
LF10L
ENGINE CONTROL
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: A/CCM power supplies and grounds are shown on Fig. 07.1;
ECM power supplies and grounds are shown on Fig. 04.1, 04.2, 04.4 and 04.5.
CF1-1
CF2-2
EM53
-3
OY
OG
EM53
-8
LF32-1
LF32-4LF32-3
W
WU
EM53
EM53
-6
-9
U
EM40-2 EM40-1
OY
LF31-2
W
OG
WU
B
LF31-9
LF31-5
LF31-7
LF31-1
EM1-11
EM1-12
LF10R
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
UB
B
EMS4
HEATER VALVE
RELAY MODULE
B
EM36-2 EM36-1
B
EM8R
EM53-12
EM53-10
HEATER PUMP
U
RG
LF31-8
LF31-3
WU
NG
EMS26
Climate Control: Part 2
61
E
73
RG RG
U
EM51-6
WU
EM51-5
EM51-10
RW
Y
NOTE: Radiator cooling and air conditioning
compressor circuits are duplicated here for clarity.
Refer to Fig. 04.3 and Fig. 04.6.
EM52
RG
RW
5
2
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
RELAY
3
NG
83
1
WU
58
E
B
PI36-1PI1-13
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
P
BK
LF26-5
LF26-1
LF26-2
WY
LF26-3
CA19-15
REFRIGERANT
4-WAY PRESSURE
SWITCH
LF26-4
RW
LF3-32
5
#15 10A
2
HEATER PUMP RELAY (#1)
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
EM1-8
Y
RW
LF7-2
LF5-5
LFS17
3
1
BK
LF20L
7
II
SHS2
EM42-4
EM53-7
5
49
II
UY
UY
87
NR
YU
86
NG
UY
31
N
W
CA19-14
1
33
II
HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY (#2)
CA20-1 BT4-31
CA20-6
CA20-7
SH3
3
2
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
RELAY
SH2
3
2
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
RELAY
CA18
3
2
DOOR MIRROR HEATER
RELAY
3
1
5
2
#17 25A
TRUNK FUSE BOX
NG
44
UY
RH BLOWER MOTOR
NW
22
GR
LH BLOWER MOTOR
GU
3
2
8
7
5
1
5
1
5
1
RELAY
RELAY
CA58
CA58
GO
WG
GW
WG
NR
WU
Climate Control: Part 2 Fig. 07.2
B
36
II
SH4-1
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
SH4-2
EM18R
B
B
DDS1
B
PDS1
4
2
3
SH5-2SH5-1
BB
BB
CA10-3
CA12-3
CAS40
(RHD)
CAS40
(LHD)
B
IC18CA21
1
EM18L
B
CA30R
(CA33R)
B
CA33R
(CA30R)
IC6
37
II
CAS34
7
II
NR
NR
NR
CA10-4
NR
CA12-4
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
DD8-11DD8-9
DRIVER MIRROR
PD8-11PD8-9
PASSENGER MIRROR
BT13-10
UY
BT13-3
GU
BT10-8
5
OY
WP
CA20-2
9
II
1
BT4-D
UY
HEATED BACKLIGHT
OY
CC33-5
OG
CC33-13
B
CC33-8
GO
CC33-10
UW
U
B
G
RH BLOWER MOTOR
10
O
WU
CA19-12
8
II
6
O
U
B
GU
CC2L
CC32-5
CC32-13
CC32-8
CC32-10
UW
U
B
G
1
4
2
3
LH BLOWER MOTOR
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
All Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
INSTRUMENT PACK
Pin Description Active Inactive
I FC24-01 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I FC24-03 ADAPTIVE DAMPING WARNING GROUND B+
I FC24-04 GROUND GROUND GROUND
I FC24-06 ILLUMINATION SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I FC24-07 TRIP CYCLE GROUND (MOMENTARY)
I FC24-08 ‘A/B’ TRIP SELECT GROUND (MOMENTARY)
I FC24-09 ‘ML/KM’ SELECT GROUND (MOMENTARY)
C FC24-10 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C FC24-11 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
S FC24-13 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC24-14 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I FC24-15 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I FC24-16 GROUND GROUND GROUND
I FC24-18 ‘CLEAR’ SELECT GROUND (MOMENTARY)
I FC24-19 ‘000’ SELECT GROUND (MOMENTARY)
C FC24-23 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
O FC24-25 GROUND REFERENCE GROUND GROUND
O FC25-03 ENGINE SPEED 5 V @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
O FC25-04 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE 6 V = 90˚ C
O FC25-05 VEHICLE SPEED – A/CCM 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+
O FC25-06 VEHICLE SPEED – PAS 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+
O FC25-07 VEHICLE SPEED – ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+
I FC25-13 FUEL LEVEL GAUGE FEEDBACK B+ = EMPTY 0 V = FULL
O FC25-14 FUEL LEVEL GAUGE REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
I FC25-16 AIR BAG MIL GROUND (ON) B+
I FC25-19 LOW OIL PRESSURE WARNING > 3 V = > 3 PSI B+
O FC25-20 VEHICLE SPEED 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+
I FC25-21 DIMMER OVERRIDE GROUND B+
I FC25-22 CHARGE WARNING B+ GROUND
I FC25-23 LOW COOLANT WARNING GROUND B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
Fig. 08.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
ANALOG CLOCK FC38 / 6-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK CENTER AIR VENT
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH EM55 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON COOLANT RESERVOIR
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR BT17 / 6-WAY SUMITOMO DL090 / NATURAL EVAPORATIVE FLANGE / TOP OF FUEL TANK
INSTRUMENT PACK FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH PI40 / 1-WAY ECONOSEAL EC J2 / BLACK ENGINE BLACK / BELOW GENERATOR
TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK FC27 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
TRIP CYCLE SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS /
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EM8L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC17R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC29R EYELET (PAIR) – LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD / CABIN SIDE
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V V oltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
I
FC24-15
NR
27
B
FC24-16
FC29R
BK
FC24-4
YR
S
S
21.1
U
Y
SCP
SCP
B+
FC24-13
FC24-14
FC24-3
FC24-1
WG
B+
12
II
FC17L
FC24-8
UY
FC27-7
FC24-19
O
FC27-9
FC24-25
BR
FC27-2
FC24-18
Y
FC27-8
FC24-9
R
FC27-1
I
I
I
I
G
Y
CAN
CAN
FC24-10
FC24-23
G
Y
CAN
CAN
FC24-11
FC24-24
C
C
C
C
FCS7
BK
I
Y
FC25-22
RW
FC25-14
I
BW
FC25-13
I
OY
FC25-19
I
OG
FC25-23
O
U
FC25-6
O
RW
FC25-3
O
YG
FC25-4
O
OY
FC25-5
O
OY
FC25-20
O
O
FC25-7
06.2
07.1
07.1
07.1
16.1
06.3
06.3
FC24-7
YB
SC2-5
I
YB BK
SC2-9
FC17R
BK
SCS1
BK
FCS28
BK
03.1
PI40-1
OY
BT17-3
BT17-4
RW
1 ΚΩ
FE
P
BT4-26
RW
FC1-7
BW
BT4-25
BW
FC1-4
PI1-48
EM2-16
EM55-2EM55-1
BK
EM8L
EMS36
BK
EM2-17
OG
OY
I
Y
FC25-16
18.1
RG
FC25-21
10.2
RU
FC24-6
I
I
10.2
–
+
–
+
–
+
16.2
80Ω900Ω
O
I
I
FC38-6
NR
FC38-2
I
R
FC38-5
I
BK
B+
15
10.2
03.2
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
17.3
Instrument Pack; Clock
Instrument Pack; Clock Fig. 08.1
CIRCUITS CONTINUED
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
DIMMER CONTROLLED
DIMMER CONTROLLED
POWER ASSISTED STEERING
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
LIGHTING
LIGHTING
HEAD UNIT
GENERATOR
AIRBAG / SRS
A/CCM
A/CCM
A/CCM
RADIO / CASSETTE
CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
TRIP SELECT
RESET
ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY
U.S.A.
TRIP COMPUTER
DIMMER OVERRIDE
VEHICLE SPEED
ENGINE SPEED
ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
VEHICLE SPEED
VEHICLE SPEED
MESSAGE
IMPERIAL;
METRIC;
A / B
(TRIP SELECT)
000
(RESET)
CLEAR
MI / KM
SWITCH PACK
ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY
CLOCK
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
VEHICLE SPEED
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
WARNING
CHARGE WARNING
AIRBAG WARNING
TRIP CYCLE
TRIP CYCLE SWITCH
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
FUEL TANK
CLOSES WITH PRESSURE
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
OIL PRESSURE (ON / OFF)
19
1
I
LOW COOLANT
WARNING
INSTRUMENT PACK
I
Input
O
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
All Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
D FC15-10 SRS AUDIBLE BACKUP ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-31 SEAT BELT SWITCH STATUS GROUND (UNFASTENED) B+ (FASTENED)
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
O FC15-82 AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER AUDIO OUTPUT
O FC15-83 AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER AUDIO OUTPUT
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I FC15-104 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
Fig. 08.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC7 / HARDWIRED COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS / ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
SEAT BELT SWITCH SD8 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / BLACK DRIVER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA23 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
SC1 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA25R EYELET (PAIR) – PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
CA26R EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V V oltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
Audible Warnings
Audible Warnings Fig. 08.2
AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR: AIRBAG WARNING BULB FAILURE
SDS4
BKBK
SEAT BELT
NOTE: SDS4 not used – Manual Seat vehicles.
CA25R
(CA26R)
BK
CA23-8
SCP SOURCES:
• DIRECTION INDICATORS; HAZARD WARNING; SIDE LAMPS – Fig. 09.1
• VALET SWITCH; TRUNK RELEASE – Fig. 13.1, Fig. 13.2
• MEMORY – Fig. 12.1
• KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR SWITCH – Fig. 13.1, Fig. 13.2
• NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH – Fig. 05.3
SWITCH
13
17
1
2
II
12
I
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
18.1
GBGB
SD8-2SD8-1
CA23-7 FC5-3
SCP
21.1
SCP
21.1
N
FC15-80
NW
FC15-104
RW
FC15-41
WU
FC15-15
WR
FC15-32
RW
FC15-10
GB
FC15-31
U
FC15-84
Y
FC15-85
B+
B+
I
I
I
D
I
AUDIBLE
WARNING 1
AUDIBLE
WARNING 2
WARNING
CONTROL
S
–
S
+
AUDIBLE
LOGIC
POWER
O
FC15-82
O
FC15-83
GR
SC1-10
GB
SC1-11
GR
SC7-1
O
SC7-2
SPEAKER
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
AUDIBLE WARNINGS:
• DIRECTION INDICATORS
• HAZARD WARNING
• SIDE LAMPS ON
• VALET MODE WARNING
• GEAR SELECTOR IN PARK
• MEMORY CHIME
• AIRBAG WARNING BULB FAILURE
• SECURITY ARM / DISARM / ERROR
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
• KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR AJAR (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)
• SEAT BELT DISCONNECTED (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
All Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
O FC15-1 RH FRONT SIDE LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O FC15-2 LH FRONT DI LAMP SUPPLY B+ (PULSED) GROUND
O FC15-3 RH FRONT DI LAMP SUPPLY B+ (PULSED) GROUND
I FC15-14 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM REQUEST GROUND B+
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-16 SIDE LAMP REQUEST GROUND B+
O FC15-20 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O FC15-27 LH SIDE DI REPEATER LAMP SUPPLY (ROW ONLY) B+ (PULSED) GROUND
I FC15-30 HEADLAMP FLASH REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC15-38 FRONT FOG LAMP REQUEST GROUND B+
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
I FC15-42 HEADLAMP DIP REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
O FC15-45 MAIN BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O FC15-53 LH FRONT SIDE LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I FC15-59 HAZARD LAMP REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC15-61 RH DI REQUEST GROUND B+
O FC15-68 DIP BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I FC15-79 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
O FC15-81 RH SIDE DI REPEATER LAMP SUPPLY (ROW ONLY) B+ (PULSED) GROUND
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I FC15-88 LH DI REQUEST GROUND B+
O FC15-96 HAZARD LAMP STATUS GROUND (PULSE) B+
INSTRUMENT PACK
Pin Description Active Inactive
S FC24-13 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC24-14 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
Fig. 09.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DIRECTION INDICATOR LAMP – LH FRONT BL2 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / VOLKSWAGEN / BLACK FRONT BUMPER – LH SIDE
DIRECTION INDICATOR LAMP – RH FRONT BR2 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / VOLKSWAGEN / BLACK FRONT BUMPER – RH SIDE
FOG LAMP SWITCHES FC3 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / NATURAL FASCIA / OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
FOG LAMP – LH FRONT BL4 / 2-WAY DELPHI / PACKARD METRIPACK 280 / GREY FRONT BUMPER – LH SIDE
FOG LAMP – RH FRONT BR4 / 2-WAY DELPHI / PACKARD METRIPACK 280 / GREY FRONT BUMPER – RH SIDE
LAMP UNIT – LH FRONT LF38 / 6-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT
LAMP UNIT – RH FRONT LF40 / 6-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT
INSTRUMENT PACK FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS /
SIDE DI REPEATER – LH (ROW ONLY) LF17 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK BEHIND LEFT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
SIDE DI REPEATER – RH (ROW ONLY) CA80 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK BEHIND RIGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
SIDE MARKER – LH FRONT (NAS ONLY) BL5 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / VOLKSWAGEN / BLACK FRONT BUMPER – LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER – RH FRONT (NAS ONLY) BR5 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / VOLKSWAGEN / BLACK FRONT BUMPER – RH SIDE
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
DIP BEAM RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #5, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FRONT FOG RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #2, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
MAIN BEAM RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #3, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
LF6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
LF7 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
LF8 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
ST19 / EYELET
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BL1 4-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK BEHIND LEFT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
BR1 4-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ADJACENT TO BOTTOM OF WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
LF3 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
CC3R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC17R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LF18L EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LF19R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V V oltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
Exterior Lighting: Front
Exterior Lighting: Front Fig. 09.1
SCP
SCP
DIMMER CONTROL:
DIMMER OVERRIDE
FC17L
14
CC3R
CC3L
REAR VIEW MIRRORS:
AUTO HEADLAMPS /
MIRROR TINT
FC17R
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON
BK
NR
BK
BK
21.1
21.1
10.2
11.4
BK
10.2
FCS7
CCS5
CCS4
FCS28
RG
BK
BK
BK
RW
FC3-9
FC3-1
FC3-3
CC1-9
CC1-16
SC2-1
BK
SC2-9
U
Y
–
+
LIGHTING
INDICATORS
INSTRUMENT PACK
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
FOG LAMP SWITCHES
HAZARD STATE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
YUYU
BK
BK
SCS1
S
FC24-14
S
FC24-13
560 Ω 560 Ω
560 Ω 560 Ω
REAR FOG
FRONT FOG
HAZARD
SIDE
DIP
AUTO
LIGHTING STALK
U
Y
REAR FOG
STATE
FRONT FOG
STATE
HEADLAMP
FLASH
HEADLAMP
MAIN BEAM
L
R
DIRECTION
INDICATOR
DIP
SIDE
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
FC3-7
FC3-5
FC3-6
FC3-10
CC1-3
CC1-1CC1-2
RW
SCS2
U
U
YG
WG
UY
RW
OG
O
RW
RW
FCS3
SC2-2
SC2-6
SC2-7
SC2-8
SC2-4
SC2-3
FCS2
30
13
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input used with
Daytime Running Lamps.
FC7-11
FC7-12
U
U
YG
WG
UY
RW
FCS9
U
LF3-16
LF3-18
LF3-17
LF3-22
LF3-11
LF3-19
LF5-4
LF7-10
LF5-7
LF6-8
LF6-4
LF6-9
LF8-3
LF8-10
LF5-8
OY
U
UY
U
OG
O
OY
OG
GW
BL1-2
BR1-2
BL1-4
LEFT HAND:
O
BL4-A BL4-B
FRONT FOG LAMP
U
LF38-3
MAIN
UY
R
DIP
LF38-1
SIDE LAMP
FRONT LAMP UNIT
GW
DIRECTION INDICATOR
Y
LF17-1 LF17-2
LF38-4LF38-2
LF38-5
BL2-2BL2-1
B
B
B
LFS9
B
LFS7
B
B
BLS1
B
BL1-1
B
B
3
NG
FC15-79
N
FC15-80
1
2
II
RW
FC15-41
WU
FC15-15
U
FC15-84
Y
FC15-85
O
FC15-38
B+ LIGHTING 1
B+ LIGHTING 2
I
I
S
–
S
+
LIGHTING
CONTROL
BULB FAILURE
MONITORING
I
FC15-20
FC15-68
FC15-45
FC15-53
FC15-2
OG
OG
U
R
GW
FCS4
O
O
O
O
O
Y
FC15-27
5
1
5
MAIN BEAM RELAY (#3)
3
5
1
5
DIP BEAM RELAY (#5)
3
5
1
49
II
FRONT FOG RELAY (#2)
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
OG
5
2
5
2
5
2
FC5-13
FC5-20
FC5-15
FC5-24
FC5-23
FC5-21
#21 10A
#19 10A
#8 10A
#6 10A
#17 15A
OG
OG
U
R
GW
Y
SIDE DI REPEATER**
LFS8
B
LF18L
RW
RW
FC15-96
FC15-59
RG
BL1-3
O
RG
BL5-1 BL5-2
SIDE MARKER**
B
RIGHT HAND:
I
OY
BR4-A BR4-B
B
FRONT FOG LAMP
OY
LF40-3
U
U
YG
WG
UY
RW
FC15-30
FC15-14
FC15-88
FC15-61
FC15-42
FC15-16
I
I
I
I
I
I
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
U
FC15-1
FC15-3
RW
FC5-17
GO
FC5-18
O
O
RW
GO
LF3-26
LF3-29
GO
BR1-4
RW
GO
GR
FC15-81
NOTES:
DI bulb failure – BPM internal function.
Daytime running lamps – BPM programmed function.
FC1-5
LFS20
RG
BR1-3
RG
LF3-20
** NOTE: Side DI Repeater Lamps – ROW only; Side Marker Lamps – NAS only.
RG
RG
MAIN
LF40-4LF40-2
LF40-5
LF40-1
DIP
SIDE LAMP
FRONT LAMP UNIT
BR2-2BR2-1
DIRECTION INDICATOR
CA80-1 CA80-2
SIDE DI REPEATER**
BR5-1 BR5-2
SIDE MARKER**
09.2
B
B
B
BGR
BRS1
CAS40
B
BR1-1
B
B
B
CA33R
REAR SIDE LAMPS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
LFS3
B
LFS4
B
LFS16
B
LF19R
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
All Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-12 REAR FOG LAMP REQUEST GROUND B+
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-16 SIDE LAMP REQUEST GROUND B+
O FC15-28 RH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
O FC15-44 REAR FOG LAMP STATUS GROUND B+
O FC15-49 TRAILER RH DI LAMP SUPPLY B+ (PULSED) GROUND
O FC15-50 LH DI LAMP SUPPLY B+ (PULSED) GROUND
O FC15-54 LH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I FC15-59 HAZARD LAMP REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC15-61 RH DI REQUEST GROUND B+
O FC15-75 TRAILER LH DI LAMP SUPPLY B+ (PULSED) GROUND
O FC15-76 RH DI LAMP SUPPLY B+ (PULSED) GROUND
I FC15-79 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I FC15-88 LH DI REQUEST GROUND B+
O FC15-95 SIDE MARKER & NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O FC15-96 HAZARD LAMP STATUS GROUND (PULSE) B+
I FC15-104 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
INSTRUMENT PACK
Pin Description Active Inactive
C FC24-11 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
S FC24-13 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC24-14 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
O BT1-3 RH STOP LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O BT1-4 REAR FOG LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O BT1-5 REVERSE LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I BT1-6 BATTERY SUPPLY B+ B+
O BT1-7 SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL
S BT1-8 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O BT1-9 LH STOP LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I BT1-13 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
I BT1-14 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S BT1-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I BT2-1 BRAKE SWITCH STATUS GROUND (BRAKE ON) B+
I BT2-6 TRAILER CONNECTION STATUS GROUND (TRAILER PRESENT) B+ (NO TRAILER)
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
Fig. 09.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
BRAKE SWITCH CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DIODE (BT40) – NUMBER PLATE BT40 / 2-WAY DIODE MODULE ASSEMBLY ADJACENT TO BATTERY / BATTERY COVER
FOG LAMP SWITCHES FC3 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / NATURAL FASCIA / OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
HIGH MOUNTED STOP LAMP CA35 / 2-WAY YAZAKI / NATURAL BACKLIGHT
INSTRUMENT PACK FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS /
NUMBER PLATE LAMP – LH BT27 / 2-WAY AMP POSILOCK II / BLACK BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
NUMBER PLATE LAMP – RH BT26 / 2-WAY AMP POSILOCK II / BLACK BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
REAR SIDE MARKER – LH (NAS ONLY) BT29 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / VOLKSWAGEN / BLACK TRUNK LH SIDE / TRUNK CARPET
REAR SIDE MARKER – RH (NAS ONLY) BT31 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / VOLKSWAGEN / BLACK TRUNK RH SIDE / TRUNK CARPET
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT1 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK BELOW TRUNK FUSE BOX
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH BT51 / 7-WAY FRAM – FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK TRUNK LH SIDE / REAR LAMP COVER
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH BT50 / 7-WAY FRAM – FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK TRUNK RH SIDE / REAR LAMP COVER
TRAILER CONNECTOR BT32 / 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE TRUNK FUSE BOX
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
STOP LAMP RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #5, TRUNK FUSE BOX / TRUNK
SIDE MARKER AND NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #3, TRUNK FUSE BOX / TRUNK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT20 EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / RH REAR GROUND STUD
BT21L EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH REAR GROUND STUD
BT22L* EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*PREMIUM ICE)
BT24* EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*STANDARD ICE)
CA31L EYELET (PAIR) – RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
CC3R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC17R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
BT2 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
BT6 / 2-WAY MINI UHF / METALLIC
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V V oltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
Exterior Lighting: Rear
Exterior Lighting: Rear Fig. 09.2
42
DIMMER CONTROL:
DIMMER OVERRIDE
FC17L
14
CC3R
CC3L
BK
FCS28
FC17R
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON
NR
BT1-6
U
BT1-16
Y
BT1-8
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
50
U
Y
U
Y
* NOTE: BT22L,
Premium ICE vehicles.
BK
BT1-13
BK
OG
BK
BT1-14
U
FC15-84
Y
FC15-85
NG
FC15-79
N
FC15-80
NW
FC15-104
RW
FC15-41
WU
FC15-15
OY
FC15-44
FC15-12
BTS18
BT24*
CAN
CAN
21.1
21.1
Y
FC24-11
G
FC24-24
C
+
C
–
REVERSE
GEAR
LIGHTING
INDICATORS
FC24-14
FC24-13
U
Y
FCS2
FCS3
S
–
S
+
30
13
17
INSTRUMENT PACK
FC3-7
FC3-5
FC3-6FC3-3
1
2
II
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input activates general bulb failure output.
560 Ω 560 Ω
WR
II
10.2
BK
FCS7
RG
BK
FC3-9
FC3-1
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
560 Ω 560 Ω
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
REAR FOG
REAR FOG
STATE
FRONT FOG
STATE
B+ (REVERSE LAMPS)
S
–
+
S
LIGHTING
CONTROL
BULB FAILURE
MONITORING
I
I
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
S
–
+
S
B+ LIGHTING 1
B+ LIGHTING 2
B+ HIGH CURRENT
I
I
O
LIGHTING
CONTROL
BULB FAILURE
MONITORING
I
I
O
O
O
I
O
O
FOG LAMP SWITCHES
NR
FC7-11
FC7-12
YG
WG
GU
RW
RW
FC15-96
FC15-59
FC15-88
FC15-61
FC15-16
O
I
I
I
I
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
BK
SC2-9
10.2
BK
BK
CCS5
CCS4
BK
RW
BK
BK
YU
SCS1
CC1-9
CC1-16
BK
HAZARD STATE
HAZARD
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DIRECTION
INDICATOR
SIDE
DIP
AUTO
L
R
SIDE
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
YG
WG
UY
RW RW
RW
SCS2
CC1-3
CC1-1CC1-2
SC2-7
SC2-8
SC2-4
SC2-3
GU
RW
FCS9
BT2-1
BT1-9
BT1-3
BT1-5
BT2-6
BT1-4
BT1-7
FC15-49
FC15-75
FC15-95
FC15-54
FC15-50
FC15-76
FC15-28
OG
U
OY
Y
GW
OG
RU
GO
GR
RU
R
GW
GO
RW
3
1
1
1
STOP LAMP RELAY (#5)
3
1
1
1
SIDE MARKER AND
NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY (#3)
SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL
REAR FOG LAMPS
TRAILER CONNECTED
TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS CONTROL
TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS B+
TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS RELAY GROUND
NUMBER PLATE LAMPS
SIDE MARKER LAMPS
TRAILER STOP LAMP
TRAILER LH DI
TRAILER RH DI
TRAILER CONNECTOR
GO
FC1-39
BT4-21
GR
FC1-38
BT4-20
RU
FC1-21
BT4-27
R
FC1-36
BT4-11
GW
FC1-12
BT4-23
GO
FC1-13
BT4-24
RW
FC1-37 BT4-10
5
2
5
2
TRUNK FUSE BOX
RU
BT32-11
OG
BT32-6
O
BT32-10
GW
BT32-8
B
BT32-1
Y
BT32-12
NR
BT32-4
B
BT32-13
R
BT32-5
RW
BT32-2
O
BT32-7
GR
BT32-9
GO
BT32-3
#8 10A
#19 5A
#21 5A
BTS1
B
BT21L
BTS10
GB
BT11-5
OG
BT11-9
R
BT12-10
RW
BT10-4
RU
BT10-7
O
BT11-8
BTS2
56
BTS8
BTS7
RW
OG
OG
BT4-18
BT4-40
R
BT40-1 BT40-2
BT40
RG
BT4-13
FC1-2
RG
FC5-16
RG
CAS59
GB
RW
RG RG
CAS81
BT4-12
OG
CA19-16
CA35-1
BTS9
BTS16
** NOTE: Side Marker Lamps – NAS only.
OG
CC40-1 CC40-4
HIGH-MOUNTED
STOP LAMP
RG
BT29-1 BT29-2
SIDE MARKER**
O
BT51-7
Y
BT51-5
R
BT51-3
U
BT51-2
GW
TAIL LAMP UNIT
RW
BTS15
BT27-1 BT27-2
NUMBER PLATE LAMP
RIGHT HAND:
RW
BT26-1 BT26-2
NUMBER PLATE LAMP
GO
BT50-4
OY
BT50-5
RW
BT50-6
Y
BT50-3
O
TAIL LAMP UNIT
RG
BT31-1 BT31-2
SIDE MARKER**
RG
Y
Y
Y
09.1
11.4
17.2
19.1
BRAKE SWITCH
CA35-2
LEFT HAND:
B
FOG
REVERSE
TAIL
STOP
B
DI
BT51-6BT51-4
B
B
DI
STOP
TAIL
REVERSE
B
FOG
BT50-2BT50-1
B
FRONT SIDE LAMPS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
REAR VIEW MIRROR: MIRROR TINT
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
REVERSE PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
CAS37
BTS21
BTS5
WU
11
II
BB
CA31L
B
BT20
B
BT28R
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
All Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
Fig. 09.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR – LH LF41 / 3-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR – RH LF42 / 3-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP LEVELING SWITCH FC14 / 6-WAY JAE IL-AG5 / GREEN FASCIA SWITCH PACK
(FASCIA SWITCH PACK)
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
LF3 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LF18L EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LF19R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
WR
43
II
FC14-2
0
1
2
3
LEVELING SWITCH
203 Ω
187 Ω
FASCIA SWITCH PACK
FC14-3
FC14-4
BK
FCS7
GW
BK
FC17L
FC5-31
Headlamp Leveling
GW
LF3-27
GW
LFS11
Headlamp Leveling Fig. 09.3
39
II
WR
GW
LF41-3
LF41-2
AMPLIFIER
LF41-1
SERVO
LH HEADLAMP
LEVELING ACTUATOR
B
LFS8
B
LF18L
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
40
II
WR
GW
LF42-3
LF42-2
AMPLIFIER
LF42-1
SERVO
RH HEADLAMP
LEVELING ACTUATOR
B
LFS16
B
LF19R
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I DD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O DD10-14 DRIVER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I DD11-4 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I DD11-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I RD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I RD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S RD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O RD10-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+ (LIGHT ON) GROUND
S RD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I RD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I RD11-20 DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I PD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I PD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S PD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O PD10-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+ (LIGHT ON) GROUND
S PD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I PD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I PD11-20 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+
PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I RP10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I RP10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S RP10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O RP10-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+ (LIGHT ON) GROUND
S RP10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I RP10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I RP11-20 PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-24 COURTESY LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
O FC15-57 COURTESY LAMP ACTIVATE REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC15-67 KEY IN IGNITION GROUND (KEY IN) B+ (KEY OUT)
O FC15-74 COURTESY LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O FC15-101 ILLUMINATION BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
I FC15-104 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
Fig. 10.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER PD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER REAR RP10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER REAR RD3 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER PD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER REAR RP3 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
‘E’ POST LAMP – LH IC4 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK LH ‘E’ POST / ‘E’ POST TRIM
‘E’ POST LAMP – RH CA5 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK RH ‘E’ POST / ‘E’ POST TRIM
GARAGE DOOR OPENER CA53 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK ROOF CONSOLE
GLOVE BOX LAMP FC33 / 1-WAY LUCAR 02 / CLEAR GLOVE BOX
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
PUDDLE LAMP – DRIVER REAR DOOR RD14 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR TIMER / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
PUDDLE LAMP – DRIVER DOOR DD14 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR TIMER / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
PUDDLE LAMP – DRIVER PASSENGER PD14 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR TIMER / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
PUDDLE LAMP – PASSENGER REAR DOOR RP14 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR TIMER / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
TRUNK LAMP – LH BT46 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK TRUNK LH SIDE / TRUNK CARPET
TRUNK LAMP – RH BT47 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK TRUNK RH SIDE / TRUNK CARPET
TRUNK SWITCH BT41 / 2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
VANITY LAMP – LH CA69 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE LH SUN VISOR
VANITY LAMP – RH CA70 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE RH SUN VISOR
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
CA8 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA10 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA11 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA14 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA16 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
IC1 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE LH HEELBOARD
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT22L* EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*PREMIUM ICE)
BT24* EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*STANDARD ICE)
CA30L EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA30R EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA31L EYELET (PAIR) – RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
CA33L EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33R EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA36L EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA36R EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC29L EYELET (PAIR) – LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD / CABIN SIDE
IC20 EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
PD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
RP11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
FC34 / 1-WAY LUCAR 02 / CLEAR
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V V oltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
Interior Lighting; Garage Door Opener
Interior Lighting; Garage Door Opener Fig. 10.1
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input is used to
switch off interior lamps during
engine cranking.
BK
BK
FCS7
IGNITION SWITCH
FC17L
(KEY-IN SWITCH)
RHD LHD
1
2
II
12
I
13
17
RW
FC15-41
WU
FC15-15
WR
FC15-32
N
FC15-80
NW
FC15-104
O
FC4-4FC4-5
FC15-67
I
ILLUMINATION
ENABLE
I
I
B+ LIGHTING 2
B+ HIGH CURRENT
INTERIOR LAMPS
ON / OFF
I
FADE 1
INTERIOR
LIGHTING
CONTROL
FC15-101
RW
FCS13
O
RW RW
FC15-57
FC15-24
GR
FC5-8
NW
FC5-5
CA30L
I
O
FC5-2
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
FC34FC33
GLOVE BOX LAMP
CA53-8
GR
CA53-2
COURTESY
LAMPS
NW
CA53-3
B
B
CAS46
CA53-4
MAP LAMPS
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RIBBON
CONNECTOR
FC5-D
FC1-3
RW
CA69-2CA69-1
LH VANITY LAMP
RW
CA70-2CA70-1
RH VANITY LAMP
RW
RW
B
FCS10
B
CAS46
B
CAS40
MIRROR MOVEMENT
11.2
B+ SUPPLY
B
B
B
FC29L
CA30L
CA33R
ROOF CONSOLE
RW
RW
RW
RW
BTS23
BT29-1 BT29-2
BTS24
BT29
RW
BTS18
RW
BT46-2 BT46-1
LH TRUNK LAMP
RW
BT47-2 BT47-1
RH TRUNK LAMP
BK
BT41-2 BT41-1
TRUNK SWITCH
RW
FC15-74
FC15-84
FC15-85
RW
FC1-6
U
21.1
Y
21.1
O
FADE 2
S
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
CA10-1
NR
DD10-1
B+
NR
24
46
–
S
+
SCP
SCP
RW
CAS36
IC1-11
WG
RW
IC4-2
IC4-3
COURTESY
READING
RW
25
I
IC4-1
B
IC20
FC1-29
LH E-POST LAMP
RW
CA5-2
29
I
CA5-3
COURTESY
READING
CA5-1
BWGB
CAS37
CA31L
RH E-POST LAMP
RW
BT4-4
BTS22
BK
BT24*
* NOTE: BT22L, Premium ICE vehicles.
8
CA36L
(CA33L)
CA33L
(CA36L)
BK
NW
BK
DD3-12
CA8-8
CA11-8
KEY BARREL
DRIVER DOOR LOCK
SWITCHES
BK
BK
DDS3
DD3-7
RHD LHD
24
BK
BK
PDS3
PD3-7
LOCK
UNLOCK
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
46
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH
DD3-10
DD3-11
DD3-6
NR
CA12-1
PD3-6
OY
OY
G
BK
NR
G
BK
DD11-12
DD11-4
DD11-20
DD10-8
PD10-1
PD11-20
PD10-8
I
I
DOOR
LAMP
CONTROL
S
–
S
+
O
I
I
I
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
S
DOOR
LAMP
CONTROL
–
S
+
B+
O
I
I
I
DD10-9
DD10-16
DD10-14
DD10-17
PD10-9
PD10-16
PD10-14
PD10-17
U
Y
GW
DD14-1 DD14-2 CA10-3
B
U
Y
GW
PD14-1 PD14-2
B
SCP
21.1
SCP
21.1
DRIVER DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP
SCP
21.1
SCP
21.1
PASSENGER DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP
B
DDS1
B
PDS1
RD3-5
RP3-5
U
RD10-9
Y
RD10-16
G
RD11-20
BK
RD10-8
U
RP10-9
Y
RP10-16
G
RP11-20
BK
RP10-8
SCP
21.1
SCP
21.1
RHD
B
B
LHD
B
CA30R
LHD
CA12-3
B
RHD
B
B
CA30R
CAS40
CAS40
B
B
CA33R
CA36L
(CA33L)
CA14-4
BK
BK
RDS1
BK
RD3-6
DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
SCP
21.1
SCP
21.1
B
B
CA33R
CA33L
(CA36L)
CA16-4
BK
BK
BK
RPS1
RP3-6
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
S
–
S
+
CONTROL
DOOR
LAMP
B+
O
I
I
I
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
S
–
S
+
CONTROL
DOOR
LAMP
B+
O
I
I
I
RD10-1
RD10-14
RD10-17
RP10-1
RP10-14
RP10-17
NR
NR
CA14-1
GW
RD14-1 RD14-2
DRIVER REAR DOOR
B
NR
PUDDLE LAMP
NR
CA16-1
GW
RP14-1 RP14-2
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP
B
RHDLHD
45
23
B
RHDLHD
23
45
B
RDS2
RPS2
B
B
CA14-3
CA16-3
B
CA36R
(CA33R)
B
CA33R
(CA36R)
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
All Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
DIMMER MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
O FC23-1 INSTRUMENT PACK ILLUMINATION BULB SUPPLY B+ (LIGHTS ON) GROUND
O FC23-2 INSTRUMENT PACK ILLUMINATION BULB SUPPLY B+ (LIGHTS ON) GROUND
I FC23-3 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
I FC23-4 SIDE LAMPS ON REQUEST GROUND
I FC23-5 DIMMER POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK VOLTAGE 1.3 V = DIM; 4 V = BRIGHT
O FC23-6 DIMMER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
O FC23-7 GENERAL ILLUMINATION BULB SUPPLY B+ (LIGHTS ON) GROUND
O FC23-8 GENERAL ILLUMINATION BULB SUPPLY B+ (LIGHTS ON) GROUND
I FC23-9 GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
I FC23-10 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I FC23-11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O FC23-12 DIMMER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE 4 V 0 V
INSTRUMENT PACK
Pin Description Active Inactive
I FC24-16 GROUND GROUND GROUND
I FC24-6 ILLUMINATION SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I FC25-21 DIMMER OVERRIDE GROUND B+
Fig. 10.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL CC27 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLUE CENTER CONSOLE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
CIGAR LIGHTER – FRONT CA74 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
CIGAR LIGHTER – REAR CA75 / 2-WAY AMP / METALLIC REAR CENTER CONSOLE VENT
ANALOG CLOCK FC38 / 6-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK CENTER AIR VENT
CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH CC20 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / NATURAL CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
DIMMER CONTROL SC11 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
DIMMER MODULE FC23 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK
FASCIA SWITCH PACK FC14 / 6-WAY JAE IL-AG5 / GREEN FASCIA SWITCH PACK
FOG LAMP SWITCHES FC3 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / NATURAL FASCIA / OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE CC14 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
INSTRUMENT PACK FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS /
MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) CC4 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT CA3 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR CENTER CONSOLE
ROOF CONSOLE CA53 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK ROOF CONSOLE
SPLICE HEADER – CA224 CA224 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / GREEN LH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER REAR DOOR RD1 / 5-WAY JAE IL-AG5 / GREEN DOOR TRIM PANEL
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER DOOR PD1 / 5-WAY JAE IL-AG5 / GREEN DOOR TRIM PANEL
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER REAR DOOR RP1 / 5-WAY JAE IL-AG5 / GREEN DOOR TRIM PANEL
TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK FC27 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA8 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA11 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA14 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA16 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA27 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
CA45 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA46 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
SC3 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SP25 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BEHIND PASSENGER SEAT BACK FINISHER
CA76 / 1-WAY LUCAR POSILOCK MKI / BLACK
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
IC10 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
IC11 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
IC19 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA30L EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33L EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA36L EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA47L EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD – RH SIDE
CA47R EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD – RH SIDE
CC2R EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD – LH SIDE
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
CC3R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FC17R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC29L EYELET (PAIR) – LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD / CABIN SIDE
FC29R EYELET (PAIR) – LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD / CABIN SIDE
IC8 EYELET (SINGLE) – RADIO GROUND STUD / REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V V oltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
Dimmer Controlled Lighting
Dimmer Controlled Lighting Fig. 10.2
FC17R
SIDE LAMPS CONTROL
REAR SEAT SWITCHES:
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
(CIRCUITS CONTINUED)
BPM:
BK
FCS28
09.1
09.2
12.5
12.9 12.8
BK
SC2-1
SC2-9
12.7
BK
RW
R
R
DIMMER CONTROL
YU
BK
SCS1
SP25-4 CA27-10
RG
RG
SC11-2
UYUY
SC11-4
Y
SC11-5
Y
GG
SC11-6
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
RW
RW
SC11-3
UY
SIDE
SIDE
RW
SCS2
RW RW
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
RR
BK
CA11-8
CA33L
(CA36L)
BK
CA14-4
CA36L
(CA33L)
BK
CA16-4
CA33L
(CA36L)
SC3-8
SC3-9
SC3-10
SC3-11
SC2-4
SC2-3
BK
BK
BK
RG
NW
11
NW
FCS5 FCS31
NW
WR
13
I
UY
Y
G
FCS9
RW
B
FC29R
BK
PDS3
PD1-4 PD1-2
BK
RDS1
RD1-4 RD1-2
BK
RPS1
RP1-4 RP1-2
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
FC23-10
FC23-11
FC23-3
FC23-12
FC23-5
FC23-6
FC23-4
FC23-9
B+
B+
O
O
I
O
I
O
O
O
I
I
DIMMER MODULE
R
CA11-6
R
CA46-1
R
CA45-1
FC23-1
FC23-2
FC23-8
FC23-7
R
R
R
R
R
RU
RU
R
R
FC5-48
CA224 -11
-17
-18
R
R
-15 -14 -16
FC24
-17
RU RG
-12
-13
INSTRUMENT
PACK
ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY
FC25
-21
FCS25
RG
FC7-19
RG
CCS9
R
CA8-6
RADIO
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
FC24
-16
B
FC29R
IC11
RG
-21
IC1
-2
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY
IC11
-20
R
IC1
-1
IC10
BRD
R
CA19
CA19
-1
-18
RG
CA53-7 CA53-4RCAS46
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
B
ROOF CONSOLE
DD1-20 DD1-24RDDS3
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
BK
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL PANEL
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
-6
CCS8
CC27
B
-7
R
R
RG
IC8
CC27
RGRG
CC27
-8
-9
R
R
FC7-1
CC1
RG
-10
CENTRAL
LOCKING VALET
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
CC1
-4
R
R
B
CA30L
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
B
RG
LH SEAT
HEATER
07.1
FC3-1
RH SEAT
HEATER
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
R
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
FOG LAMP
SWITCHES
RG
CC4-10
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
R
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
MODE SWITCH
(TRANSMISSION)
RG
CC20-10
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
R
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
CRUISE CONTROL
ON / OFF SWITCH
R
FCS19
CC14-5 CC14-10
R
FC27-3 FC27-4
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
TRIP COMPUTER
SWITCH PACK
R
FC14-6
TRACTION /
STABILITY HAZARD
B
FC3-2FC3-4
FCS10
BK
CCS4
CC4-1CC4-5
B
CC20-1CC20-5
B
CCS15
B
B
FC14-5
FCS10
CC1
B
BK
-16
BK
CCS5
BK
CC3R
FC29L
CC3L
B
CC2R
B
FC29L
FASCIA SWITCH PACK
BK
CA8-8
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
R
FC38-2 FC38-5
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
CLOCK
CA19-3
R
CAS13
R
R
CA74-3 CA74-1
R
CA76 CA75-1
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
FRONT
CIGAR LIGHTER
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
REAR
CIGAR LIGHTER
BK
B
B
FCS28
BK
FC17R
CA47L
CA47R
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
All Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-11 AUTO TILT REQUEST GROUND B+
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-25 GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
O FC15-40 COLUMN MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE 5V
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
O FC15-52 COLUMN REACH MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I FC15-58 NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH STATUS GROUND (PARK) B+ (NOT IN PARK)
I FC15-66 COLUMN REACH MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK 0.5 V = OUT, 4 V = IN
I FC15-67 KEY IN IGNITION GROUND (KEY IN) B+ (KEY OUT)
O FC15-78 COLUMN REACH MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I FC15-87 COLUMN MOVEMENT REQUEST UP = 10.1V, DOWN = 12.1V, RETRACT = 8.5V, EXTEND = 6.8V
O FC15-90 COLUMN TILT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
O FC15-91 COLUMN REACH MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
I FC15-93 COLUMN TILT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK UP = 4V, DOWN = 0.5V
O FC15-99 COLUMN TILT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O FC15-100 COLUMN TILT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I FC15-102 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I DD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O DD11-2 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED GROUND (LED ON) B+
I DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I RD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I RD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S RD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S RD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I RD10-19 MODULE IDENTIFICATION GROUND GROUND
I RD11-5 MEMORY 1 B+ GROUND
I RD11-7 MODULE IDENTIFICATION GROUND GROUND
I RD11-13 MEMORY SET B+ GROUND
I RD11-15 MEMORY 3 B+ GROUND
I RD11-22 MEMORY 2 B+ GROUND
Fig. 11.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
AUTO TILT SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC9 / 8-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
COLUMN JOYSTICK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC9 / 8-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
MEMORY SWITCHES DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH CC13 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
STEERING COLUMN MOTORS FC49 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA8 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA10 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA13 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA14 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA33L EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA36L EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC17R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC29L EYELET (PAIR) – LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD / CABIN SIDE
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
FC50 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V V oltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
Steering Column Movement
Steering Column Movement Fig. 11.1
18
FC17R
BK
NR
FCS28
BK
SC3-5
SC2-9
NR
BK BK
SCS1
FC17L
CC3L
SC9-1
SC9-7
BK
270 Ω
100 Ω
470 Ω
820 Ω
COLUMN JOY STICK
BK
FCS7
CCS4
AUTO TILT SWITCH
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)
CC13-3
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH
SC9-3
SC9-5
FC4-4FC4-5
CC13-1
YB
N
13
38
1
2
II
12
I
Y
SC3-6
FC15-80
N
FC15-102
RW
FC15-41
WU
FC15-15
WR
FC15-32
Y
FC15-87
YB
SC3-7
FC15-11
O
FC15-67
YBBK
FC7-18
YBBK
FC15-58
B+ LOGIC
B+ COLUMN
I
I
I
STEERING
COLUMN
MOVEMENT
CONTROL
I
I
I
I
POWER
–
+
LOGIC
POWER
FC49
-2
O
FC15-90
O
FC15-40
I
FC15-93
O
FC15-99
O
FC15-100
O
FC15-91
I
FC15-66
O
FC15-78
O
FC15-52
S
FC15-84
S
FC15-85
I
FC15-25
BK
WU
Y
UY
BR
BK
RU
U
BW
U
Y
B
B
FCS10
21.1
21.1
FC29L
SCP
SCP
WU
FCS17
STEERING COLUMN MOTORS
WGWU K N R
FC49-5FC49-3FC49-1FC49
BK BK
Y
UY
BR
FC50
-6
-3
WU
WGWU U G S
FC50
FC50-4FC50-1FC50
-6
RU UBW
-8
9
NOTE: Memory switches –
driver memory seat vehicles only.
NW
DD1-1
SET MEMORY
STATUS
MEMORY 1
MEMORY 2
MEMORY 3
MEMORY SET
MEMORY SWITCHES
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
DD1-14
DD1-3
DD1-2
DD1-15
DD1-13
O
UY
OG
WU
BK BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
CA8-9
CA8-10
CA8-11
CA8-15
CA8-8
46
BK
DDS3
RHD LHD
45 23
O
UY
OG
WU
LHDRHD
DD3-7
CA13-2
CA13-3
CA13-4
CA13-1
NR
24
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
NR
CA10-1
CA14-1
DD3-6
O
UY
OG
WU
NR
NR
BK
U
G
DD10-1
DD11-2
DD11-20
DD10-8
RD10-1
RD11-5
RD11-22
RD11-15
RD11-13
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
B+
O
S
–
S
+
I
I
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
MEMORY
POSITIONS
S
–
S
+
I
I
**
I
**
B+
I
I
I
I
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DD10-9
Y
U
DD10-16
U
RD10-9
Y
RD10-16
BK
RD10-8
BK
RD10-19
BK BK
RDS1
BK
RD11-7
** NOTE: Module identification.
21.2
21.2
21.1
21.1
CA14-4
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
CA36L
(CA33L)
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Powered Column Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
I FC15-58 NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH STATUS GROUND (PARK) B+ (NOT IN PARK)
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O FC15-101 ILLUMINATION BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I DD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O DD10-2 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL / HORIZONTAL MOTOR COMMON SUPPLY B+ = LEFT / DOWN; GROUND = RIGHT / UP
O DD10-3 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = RIGHT GROUND = LEFT
O DD10-4 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = UP GROUND = DOWN
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
O DD10-20 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE B+ B+
I DD10-21 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER HORIZONTAL POSITION FEEDBACK 1 V = LEFT; 8 V = RIGHT
I DD10-22 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER VERTICAL POSITION FEEDBACK 1 V = DOWN; 8 V = UP
I DD11-1 MIRROR COMMON GROUND GROUND GROUND
O DD11-2 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED GROUND (LED ON) B+
I DD11-3 LH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = DOWN GROUND = UP
I DD11-5 PASSENGER MIRROR SELECT B+ GROUND
I DD11-9 RH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = DOWN GROUND = UP
I DD11-10 LH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT GROUND = RIGHT
I DD11-13 DRIVER MIRROR SELECT B+ GROUND
I DD11-17 RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT GROUND = RIGHT
I DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I RD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I RD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S RD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S RD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I RD10-19 MODULE IDENTIFICATION GROUND GROUND
I RD11-5 MEMORY 1 B+ GROUND
I RD11-7 MODULE IDENTIFICATION GROUND GROUND
I RD11-13 MEMORY SET B+ GROUND
I RD11-15 MEMORY 3 B+ GROUND
I RD11-22 MEMORY 2 B+ GROUND
INSTRUMENT PACK
Pin Description Active Inactive
C FC24-11 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
S FC24-13 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC24-14 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I PD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O PD10-2 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL / HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTORS COMMON B+ = LEFT / DOWN GROUND = RIGHT / UP
O PD10-3 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = RIGHT GROUND
O PD10-4 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = UP GROUND
I PD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S PD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S PD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I PD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
O PD10-20 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE B+ B+
I PD10-21 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER HORIZONTAL POSITION FEEDBACK VOLTAGE 1 V = LEFT; 8 V = RIGHT
I PD10-22 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER VERTICAL POSITION FEEDBACK VOLTAGE 1 V = DOWN; 8 V = UP
Fig. 11.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER PD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS – DRIVER DD8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS – PASSENGER PD8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
INSTRUMENT PACK FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
MEMORY SWITCHES DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
MIRROR JOYSTICK DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH CC13 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA8 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA10 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA11 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA13 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA14 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA30R EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33L EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33R EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA36L EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
PD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V V oltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
Mirror Movement: Memory
Mirror Movement: Memory Fig. 11.2
BK
CCS4
CC3L
INTERIOR LIGHTING
B+ SUPPLY
FC5-14 (LHD)
FC1-40 (RHD)
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
BK BK
RDS1
SCP
SCP
U
Y
CA14-4
FC24-14
FC24-13
S
–
S
+
VEHICLE
SPEED
REVERSE
GEAR
INSTRUMENT PACK
CA36L
(CA33L)
C
+
C
–
CC13-3
10.1
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
CC13-1
FCS13
13
1
2
II
12
I
YB
FC7-18
N
RW
WU
WR
YBBK
RW
FC15-80
FC15-41
FC15-15
FC15-32
FC15-58
FC15-101
B+ LOGIC
I
I
I
I
O
BODY PROCESSOR
LOGIC
B+
POWER
MODULE
S
–
S
+
RW
RHD LHD
45 23
9
NW
DD1-1
MEMORY 1
MEMORY 2
MEMORY 3
MEMORY SET
SET MEMORY STATUS
DD1-3
DD1-2
DD1-15
DD1-13
O
CA8-9
UY
CA8-10
OG
CA8-11
WU
CA8-15
FC15-84
FC15-85
NR
O
UY
OG
WU
U
Y
CA14-1
CA13-2
CA13-3
CA13-4
CA13-1
21.1
21.1
NR
O
UY
OG
WU
SCP
SCP
RD10-1
RD11-5
RD11-22
RD11-15
RD11-13
MEMORY
POSITIONS
B+
I
I
I
I
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
S
–
S
+
I
I
**
I
**
SCP
SCP
U
RD10-9
Y
RD10-16
BK
RD10-8
BK
RD10-19
BK
RD11-7
** NOTE: Module identification.
FC24-11
FC24-24
Y
G
21.1
21.1
CAN
CAN
WGWU K N U G
DD8
DD8-6DD8-8DD8
-2
BKWU
MOTORS
DD8-5DD8
-3
O OG OY
OG
S
DD8
-10
-4
Y
PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR
MOTORS
WGWU K N U G
PD8
PD8-6PD8-8PD8
-2
BKWU
-3
Y UY RU U
PD8-5PD8
S
PD8
-10
-4
Y
MEMORY SWITCHES
LHDRHD
46
NR
24
U
DD1-14
RWRW
DD1-4CA8-1
DD1-17
RG
YR
DD1-16
O
DD1-7
YR
DD1-5
CA10-1
NR
DD10-1
DD11-2
DD11-9
DD11-17
DD11-3
DD11-10
DD10-9
DD10-16
DD10-20
DD10-22
DD10-4
DD10-21
DD10-3
DD10-2
U
Y
21.1
21.1
SCP
SCP
WU
O
OG
OY
OG
Y
B+
O
S
–
S
+
O
I
I
O
I
I
O
I
O
I
MIRROR JOY STICK
CA36L
(CA33L)
DRIVER
PASSENGER
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
BK
B
CAS40
CA33R
DD1-8
DD1-18
BK
BK
DDS3
CA8-8
RHD
B
B
LHD
B
CA30R
DD3-7
DRIVER DOOR
CA10-3
OY
GB
SWITCH
B
DDS1
DD3-6
BK
BK
B
G
DD11-13
DD11-5
DD11-20
DD10-8
DD11-1
DD10-17
I
I
MIRROR
CONTROL
I
MIRROR
I
COMMON
I
I
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
LHDRHD
24
NR
46
SCP
21.1
SCP
21.1
CA12-1
NR
PD10-1
U
PD10-9
Y
PD10-16
B+
S
S
CONTROL
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
–
+
MIRROR
O
PD10-20
I
PD10-22
O
PD10-4
I
PD10-21
O
PD10-3
O
PD10-2
I
PD10-8
I
PD10-17
WU
Y
UY
RU
U
Y
BK
B
BB
PDS1
CA12-3
PDS3
LHD
RHD
BK
B
CA11-8
CAS40
B
CA30R
B
CA33R
BK
CA33L
(CA36L)
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Memory Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O FC15-101 ILLUMINATION BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I DD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O DD10-2 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR B+ = LEFT / DOWN; GROUND = RIGHT / UP
O DD10-3 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = RIGHT GROUND = LEFT
O DD10-4 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = UP GROUND = DOWN
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I DD11-1 MIRROR COMMON GROUND GROUND GROUND
I DD11-3 LH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = DOWN GROUND = UP
I DD11-5 PASSENGER MIRROR SELECT B+ GROUND
I DD11-9 RH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = DOWN GROUND = UP
I DD11-10 LH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT GROUND = RIGHT
I DD11-13 DRIVER MIRROR SELECT B+ GROUND
I DD11-17 RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT GROUND = RIGHT
VERTICAL / HORIZONTAL MOTOR COMMON SUPPLY
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I PD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O PD10-2 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR B+ = LEFT / DOWN GROUND = RIGHT / UP
O PD10-3 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = RIGHT GROUND
O PD10-4 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = UP GROUND
I PD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S PD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S PD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I PD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
VERTICAL / HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTORS COMMON
Fig. 11.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER PD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS – DRIVER DD8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS – PASSENGER PD8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
MIRROR JOYSTICK DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA8 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA10 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA11 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA13 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA14 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA30R EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33L EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33R EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA36L EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
PD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V V oltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
Mirror Movement: Non-Memory
Mirror Movement: Non-Memory Fig. 11.3
INTERIOR LIGHTING
B+ SUPPLY
10.1
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
FCS13
NOT USED
DD1-3
DD1-2
DD1-15
DD1-13
O
UY
OG
WU
13
1
2
12
CA8-9
CA8-10
CA8-11
CA8-15
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
N
FC15-80
RW
FC15-41
II
I
WU
FC15-15
WR
FC15-32
RW
FC15-101
B+ LOGIC
I
I
I
O
BODY PROCESSOR
POWER
B+
MODULE
–
+
LOGIC
S
S
FC15-84
FC15-85
U
Y
21.1
21.1
SCP
SCP
NOT USED
DD8
DD8-6DD8-8DD8
-2
BKWU
CA13-2
CA13-3
CA13-4
CA13-1
O
UY
OG
WU
RD11-5
RD11-22
RD11-15
RD11-13
NOT USED
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
O
UY
OG
WU
MOTORS
NG
NOT USED
DD8-5DD8
-3
O OG OY
-10
OG Y
DD8
S
PD8
-4
PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR
MOTORS
NOT USED NOT USED
PD8-6PD8-8PD8
-2
BKWU
NG
-3
Y UY RU U
PD8-5PD8
S
PD8
-10
-4
Y
FC1-40 (RHD)
LHDRHD
46
RWRW
DD1-4CA8-1FC5-14 (LHD)
DD1-17
NR
24
RG
YR
DD1-16
O
DD1-7
YR
DD1-5
MIRROR JOY STICK
DRIVER
DD1-8
PASSENGER
DD1-18
OY
GB
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
CA36L
(CA33L)
BK
CA33R
CA8-8
B
CAS40
BK
DDS3
RHD
B
B
LHD
B
CA10-3
B
CA30R
B
CA10-1
DDS1
BK
BK
B
NR
DD10-1
DD11-9
DD11-17
DD11-3
DD11-10
DD11-13
DD11-5
DD10-8
DD11-1
DD10-17
B+
I
–
+
NOT USED
NOT USED
S
S
O
NOT USED
I
O
I
O
I
MIRROR
CONTROL
I
I
I
MIRROR
I
COMMON
I
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DD10-9
DD10-16
DD10-20
DD10-22
DD10-4
DD10-21
DD10-3
DD10-2
U
Y
21.1
21.1
SCP
SCP
WU
O
OG
OY
OG
Y
LHDRHD
24
NR
46
SCP
21.1
SCP
21.1
CA12-1
NR
PD10-1
U
PD10-9
Y
PD10-16
B+
NOT USED
S
–
NOT USED
+
O
NOT USED
O
S
MIRROR
CONTROL
O
I
I
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PD10-20
PD10-22
PD10-4
PD10-21
PD10-3
PD10-2
PD10-8
PD10-17
WU
Y
UY
RU
U
Y
BK
B
PDS1
B
B
CA12-3
PDS3
LHD
RHD
BK
CA11-8
B
CAS40
B
CA30R
CA33R
BK
B
CA33L
(CA36L)
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Non-Memory Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-16 SIDE LAMP REQUEST GROUND B+
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-42 HEADLAMP DIP REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
O FC15-72 MIRROR FOLDBACK RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O FC15-77 MIRROR FOLD OUT RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O FC15-101 ILLUMINATION BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I DD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I DD11-1 MIRROR COMMON GROUND GROUND GROUND
I DD11-3 FOLD-BACK REQUEST B+ = DOWN GROUND = UP
I DD11-5 PASSENGER MIRROR SELECT B+ GROUND
I DD11-9 FOLD-OUT REQUEST B+ = DOWN GROUND = UP
I DD11-10 LH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT GROUND = RIGHT
I DD11-13 DRIVER MIRROR SELECT B+ GROUND
I DD11-17 RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT GROUND = RIGHT
INSTRUMENT PACK
Pin Description Active Inactive
C FC24-11 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
S FC24-13 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC24-14 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
Fig. 11.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR MIRROR – DRIVER DD8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DOOR MIRROR – PASSENGER PD8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
INSTRUMENT PACK FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR CA55 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW WINDSHIELD / IN FRONT OF ROOF CONSOLE
LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS /
MIRROR JOYSTICK (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
SPLICE HEADER – CA224 CA224 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / GREEN LH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
FOLD-BACK RELAY BLACK CA60 / BLACK LH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER
FOLD-OUT RELAY BLACK CA60 / BLACK LH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
CA8 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA10 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA11 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA30R EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33L EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33R EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA36L EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA38R EYELET (PAIR) – LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
FC17R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V V oltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
XJ Series 2001
Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors
Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors Fig. 11.4
NOTE: Position Select Switch to neutral
to operate Fold-Back Mirrors.
RW
DD1-4
MIRROR JOY STICK
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH
CA36L
(CA33L)
LHDRHD
46
(FOLD-OUT)
(FOLD-BACK)
DRIVER
NEUTRAL
PASSENGER
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
BK
B
CAS40
CA8-8
BK
DDS3
RHD
B
LHD
B
CA33R
CA30R
24
DD1-17
DD1-16
DD1-7
DD1-5
DD1-8
DD1-18
B
CA10-3
NR
BK
BK
NR
CA10-1
DD10-1
YR
DD11-9
YR
O
DD11-17
YR
DD11-3
DD11-10
OY
O
DD11-13
DD11-5
DD10-8
B
DDS1
DD11-1
B
DD10-17
B+
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
MIRROR
CONTROL
MIRROR
COMMON
S
–
S
+
DD10-9
DD10-16
U
Y
21.1
21.1
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
U
21.1
21.1 21.1
FC24-14
Y
FC24-13
S
S
–
+
VEHICLE
SPEED
REVERSE
GEAR
C
+
C
–
INSTRUMENT PACK
CAS35
-2
-3
R
YU
YR
RG
CA60
3
2
FOLD-BACK
RELAY
CA60
8
7
FOLD-OUT
RELAY
4
B
5
1
9
B
10
CAS50
6
N
32
N
33
CA224
-1
N
34
N
35
B
CA38R
FC24-11
FC24-24
YR
YG
YR
Y
G
R
CA8-13
21.1
CAN
CAN
R
DD8-1
YR
CA8-14
DD8-7
YG
CA8-12
R
CA11-13
DD8-12
R
PD8-1
FOLD-BACK
MOTOR
MIRROR
TINT
DRIVER DOOR
MIRROR
YR
CA11-14
PD8-7
FOLD-BACK
MOTOR
CA8-1
INTERIOR LIGHTING
YUYU
RW
SC2-1
BK
SCS1
BK
FC17R
BK
FCS28
BK
SC2-9
LIGHTING STALK
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 09.1 and Fig. 09.2 for Lighting Circuit.
FC5-14 (LHD)
FC1-40 (RHD)
B+ SUPPLY
SIDE
DIP
AUTO
RW
RW
RW
10.1
RW
RW
RW
DIP
SIDE
RW
SCS2
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
UY
RW
FCS13
SC2-4
SC2-3
CA11-12
YG
YG
YU
PD8-12
CA55-4
CA55-1
CA55-5
MIRROR
TINT
PASSENGER DOOR
MIRROR
MIRROR
TINT
AUTO
HEADLAMPS
13
2
II
12
I
N
FC15-80
WU
FC15-15
WR
FC15-32
B+ LOGIC
I
I
S
–
S
+
O
O
RW
FC15-101
O
B+
MIRROR
FOLD-BACK
CONTROL
FC15-84
FC15-85
FC15-72
FC15-77
U
Y
YU
RG
21.1
21.1
SCP
SCP
FC5-42
FC5-43
CAS41
YU
RG
YU
FC1-11
YG
18
II
WU
Y
CA55-2
B
CA55-3
09.2
INTERIOR
REAR VIEW MIRROR
REVERSE LAMPS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
RW
FCS9
UY
RW
FC15-42
FC15-16
I
I
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
BT4-8
CA33R
B
CAS40
Y
16
14
II E
Fig. 01.1Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 02.1
749
50 88
549
II II
50 63
EE
I
19
1
I
O
Input
Output
+
Sensor Supply V ACP
–
Sensor Ground
A
C
CAN
S
SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
All Vehicles
F20645
➞
September 2000
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
O FC15-17 SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER) GROUND B+
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-35 SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER) GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
O FC15-69 SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER) GROUND B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I FC15-86 SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER) GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I DD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O DD11-2 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED GROUND (LED ON) B+
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
I RD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I RD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S RD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S RD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I RD10-19 MODULE IDENTIFICATION GROUND GROUND
I RD11-5 MEMORY 1 B+ GROUND
I RD11-7 MODULE IDENTIFICATION GROUND GROUND
I RD11-13 MEMORY SET B+ GROUND
I RD11-15 MEMORY 3 B+ GROUND
I RD11-22 MEMORY 2 B+ GROUND
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive
O SD1-1 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE / AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-2 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE / AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-3 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE / LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-4 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE / LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-5 DRIVER HEADREST RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-6 DRIVER HEADREST RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-7 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-8 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I SD1-9 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-10 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-11 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION LOWER REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-12 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-13 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-14 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION LOWER FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-15 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-16 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
O SD2-1 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR / SQUAB RECLINE MOTOR POT. REF. GROUND GROUND GROUND
O SD2-2 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR POT. REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
O SD2-5 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR / SQUAB RECLINE MOTOR POT. REF. VOLTAGE 5V
O SD2-6 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR POT. REFERENCE VOLTAGE 5V
I SD2-8 DRIVER SEAT HEADREST MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK 10 V = UP, 1 V = DOWN
I SD2-9 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK 10 V = UP, 1 V = DOWN
I SD2-10 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK 10 V = UP, 1 V = DOWN
I SD2-11 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB RECLINE MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK 9 V = FORE, 2 V = AFT
I SD2-12 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK 2 V = FORE, 10 V = AFT
O SD2-14 DRIVER SEAT HEADREST MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
O SD2-15 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
O SD2-18 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR POT. REFERENCE VOLTAGE 5V
O SD2-19 DRIVER SEAT HEADREST MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE 5V
I SD3-1 MODULE IDENTIFICATION GROUND (DRIVER)
I SD3-2 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
O SD3-3 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD3-4 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I SD3-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I SD3-6 DRIVER SEAT HEADREST RAISE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD3-8 DRIVER SEAT HEADREST LOWER MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
S SD3-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S SD3-10 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
INSTRUMENT PACK
Pin Description Active Inactive
C FC24-11 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
S FC24-13 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC24-14 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
Fig. 12.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
INSTRUMENT PACK FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
MEMORY SWITCHES (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD1 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK DRIVER SEAT / UNDER
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – DRIVER SD7 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER SEAT
SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER SD10 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER SEAT
SEAT MOTORS – DRIVER SD4 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY DRIVER SEAT / UNDER
SEAT SQUAB HEATERS – DRIVER SD9 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY DRIVER SEAT
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT SD5 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK DRIVER SEAT
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
SEAT HEATER RELAY – DRIVER BROWN SD14 / BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS / UNDER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA8 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA10 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA13 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA14 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA23 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA25L EYELET (PAIR) – PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
CA25R EYELET (PAIR) – PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
CA26L EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
CA26R EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
CA33L EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA36L EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
SD2 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
SD3 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SD6 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
SD11 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
SD12 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
SD13 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V V oltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
Loading...